instruction manual

18-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System
TM
TM
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1M23N32902
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION............................................... 4
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH......................................... 4
Ɣ6.%U626\VWHP................................................ 38
Ɣ6.%U66.%U62GHYLFHVHWWLQJ......................... 39
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ........... 5
ƔCRPSOLDQFHIQIRUPDWLRQ6WDWHPHQW............... 5
ƔDH¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV...................................... 7
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
UHDGLQJ............................................................. 7
%()OR(U6(................................................... 11
Ɣ)HDWXUHVRIT16=......................................... 11
%$6ICO3(R$TION....................................... 4
Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ.................................................... 4
Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH.............................................. 41
Ɣ$IWHUVHWWLQJ..................................................... 42
ƔIIWKHUHFHLYHU
VYROWDJHGRHVQRWGLVSOD\RQ
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU............................................... 43
ƔRDQJHWHVWLQJ\RXURCV\VWHP...................... 44
ƔCRQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV........... 12
Ɣ0XOWLFRSWHURRERWVSHFL¿FDWLRQV.................. 12
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 13
ƔTUDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV....................................... 14
ƔTUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD.................................... 15
Ɣ6ZLWFK6$6+............................................... 1
Ɣ9ROXPH/DRD............................................ 17
Ɣ6OLGH/HYHU....................................................... 17
ƔDLJLWDOTULPVT1T4..................................... 18
ƔTUDQVPLWWHUNL0+%DWWHU\+T5)18%...... 19
Ɣ+RZWRWXUQWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUONO))..... 21
ƔTRXFK3DQHO..................................................... 22
Ɣ+O0((;ITDQGU.0(NU0ON............... 22
Ɣ3DQHOORFN........................................................ 23
0RGHO%DVLF6HWWLQJ3URFHGXUH........................ 45
$LUSODQH........................................................... 45
+HOLFRSWHU........................................................ 47
6HUYRVFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH.................. 5
6<6T(00(NU............................................... 5
DLVSOD\............................................................. 57
6RXQGYROXPH................................................. 58
6\VWHPWLPHU................................................... 58
+:VHWWLQJ..................................................... 59
%DWWHU\............................................................. RDQJHFKHFN.........................................ĺ44
6.%XVVHUYR..................................................... 1
IQIRUPDWLRQ.................................................... 4
ƔR)RIIPRGH..................................................... 23
Ɣ0RQLWRU/(DGLVSOD\...................................... 24
Ɣ6WLFNFRQWURO.................................................... 24
6WLFNFRQWURO$LUSODQH([DPSOH................. 25
6WLFNFRQWURO+HOLFRSWHU([DPSOH.............. 2
6WLFNFRQWURO0XOWLFRSWHU([DPSOH............ 27
Ɣ6WLFN$GMXVWPHQW............................................ 28
Ɣ6DFDUG............................................................ 29
ƔCRQQHFWRU3OXJ............................................... 31
ƔRHFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH................................... 32
ƔRHFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ...................... 34
Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJVHUYRV... 35
Ɣ6.%U66.%U62IQVWDOODWLRQ............................ 3
Ɣ6.%U6:LULQJH[DPSOH................................... 37
/IN.$*(0(NU............................................ 5
6HUYRPRQLWRU................................................. 0RGHOVHOHFW.................................................... 7
0RGHOW\SH...................................................... 7
6HUYRUHYHUVH................................................... 72
(QGSRLQW......................................................... 73
6HUYRVSHHG..................................................... 74
6XEWULP.......................................................... 74
)XQFWLRQ.......................................................... 75
)DLOVDIH........................................................... 77
6\VWHPW\SH..................................................... 78
TULPVHWWLQJ.................................................... 8
TKURWWOHFXW..................................................... 81
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IGOHGRZQ......................................................... 82
6ZDVKULQJ+HOLRQO\.................................... 83
6ZDVK+HOLRQO\H[FHSW+1........................ 84
6WLFNDODUP...................................................... 8
TLPHU............................................................... 87
)XQFWLRQQDPH................................................ 89
THOHPHWU\V\VWHP............................................ 9
6HQVRU.............................................................. 92
THOHPHWU\......................................................... 95
THOHPHWU\RHFHLYHU>%DWWHU\@........................ 9
THOHPHWU\RHFHLYHU>([WEDWW@....................... 97
THOHPHWU\THPSHUDWXUH................................. 98
THOHPHWU\R30VHQVRU.................................. 99
THOHPHWU\$OWLWXGH....................................... 1
THOHPHWU\$OWLWXGH>9DULRPHWHU@................ 11
THOHPHWU\9ROWDJH>%DWWHU\@........................ 14
THOHPHWU\9ROWDJH>([WEDWW@....................... 15
THOHPHWU\*36>DLVWDQFH@........................... 1
THOHPHWU\*36>6SHHG@................................ 18
THOHPHWU\*36>$OWLWXGH9DULRPHWHU3RVLWLRQ@ 19
THOHPHWU\6HUYRVHQVRU>CXUUHQW@.............. 11
THOHPHWU\6HUYRVHQVRU>THPSHUDWXUH$QJOH@111
THOHPHWU\CXUUHQWVHQVRU>CXUUHQW@.......... 112
THOH.VHWWLQJTHOHPHWU\VHWWLQJ.................. 113
TUDLQHU........................................................... 115
:DUQLQJVHWWLQJ............................................ 118
UVHUPHQXVHWWLQJ......................................... 119
DDWDUHVHW...................................................... 12
0OD(/0(NUCRPPRQIXQFWLRQV.......... 121
CRQGLWLRQVHOHFW........................................... 122
$)R.............................................................. 124
DXDOUDWH........................................................ 125
3URJPL[HV3URJUDPPL[LQJ.................... 12
0OD(/0(NU$LUSODQH*OLGHU0XOWLFRSWHU
$LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDO....................................... 13
)ODSVHWWLQJ.................................................... 131
$I/→ CDPEHUÀDS...................................... 132
$I/→ %UDNHÀDS......................................... 133
$LOHURQ→ RXGGHU........................................ 134
(OHYDWRU→CDPEHU..................................... 135
CDPEHUPL[LQJ............................................. 13
$LUEUDNH → (/(.......................................... 138
CDPEHUÀDS → (/(..................................... 139
RXGGHU → $LOHURQ........................................ 14
RXGGHU → (OHYDWRU...................................... 141
%XWWHUÀ\........................................................ 142
TULPPL[12.................................................. 144
6QDSUROO$LUSODQHRQO\............................. 145
$LUEUDNH$LUSODQHRQO\............................ 14
*\UR.............................................................. 147
$LOHYDWRU........................................................ 149
$FFHOHUDWLRQ.................................................. 15
0RWRU............................................................. 151
9WDLO.............................................................. 152
:LQJOHW.......................................................... 153
0OD(/0(NU+HOLFRSWHU
3LWFKFXUYH.................................................... 155
TKURWWOHFXUYH............................................... 158
$FFHOHUDWLRQ.................................................. 1
TKURWWOHKROG................................................. 11
6ZDVKPL[LQJ................................................ 12
TKURWWOHPL[LQJ............................................. 13
3LWFK → NHHGOH.............................................. 14
3LWFK → RXGGHURHYROXWLRQPL[LQJ......... 15
*\UR+HOLFRSWHU......................................... 1
*RYHUQRU....................................................... 18
CRPPRQOSHUDWLRQVXVHGLQIXQFWLRQVHWXS
VFUHHQ................................................................ 17
ƔOSHUDWLRQVYDOXHVHWWLQJ............................... 17
ƔOSHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV....... 17
ƔOSHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWR¿QHWXQLQJ9R.......... 171
ƔOSHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRVHUYRVSHHG............... 172
ƔCXUYHVHWWLQJRSHUDWLRQ................................ 173
Ɣ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRG............................... 178
ƔUSGDWLQJ........................................................ 182
ƔT146*);22 ⇒ T16=D$T$................... 184
INTRODUCTION
7KDQN \RX IRU SXUFKDVLQJ D )XWDEDŠ )$667HVW*+] 76= VHULHV GLJLWDO SURSRUWLRQDO 5&
V\VWHP7KLVV\VWHPLVH[WUHPHO\YHUVDWLOHDQGPD\EHXVHGE\EHJLQQHUVDQGSURVDOLNH,QRUGHU
IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\
,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH
)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH
)XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU
)$667HVW)XWDED$GYDQFHG6SUHDG6SHFWUXP7HFKQRORJ\H[WHQGV\VWHPWHOHPHWU\
'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV
VXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRKDYH\RXU)XWDEDHTXLSPHQWVHUYLFHGDQQXDOO\GXULQJ
\RXUKREE\¶V³RIIVHDVRQ´WRHQVXUHVDIHRSHUDWLRQ
IQNRUWK$PHULFD
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG
SURJUDPPLQJ3OHDVHEHVXUHWRUHJXODUO\YLVLWWKH76=)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG4XHVWLRQVZHEVLWH
DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\
LQIRUPDWLRQRQWKH76=UDGLRV\VWHPDQGLVXSGDWHGUHJXODUO\$Q\WHFKQLFDOXSGDWHVDQG86
PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU
TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO
IRUWKHPRVWUDSLGDQGFRQYHQLHQWUHVSRQVH
'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHV
VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\
PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU
RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ
KRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH
WRDVVLVW\RX
)RU6HUYLFHOQO\
)XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH
&KDPSDLJQ,/
3KRQH
ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPVHUYLFHKWPO
(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP
)RU6XSSRUW
3URJUDPPLQJDQGXVHUTXHVWLRQV
3OHDVHVWDUWKHUHIRUDQVZHUVWRPRVWTXHVWLRQV
ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT
)D[
3KRQHRSWLRQ
OXWVLGHNRUWK$PHULFD
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV
SUREOHPVRUVHUYLFHQHHGV
3OHDVH UHFRJQL]H WKDW DOO LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ WKLV PDQXDO DQG DOO VXSSRUW DYDLODELOLW\ LV EDVHG XSRQ
WKHV\VWHPVVROGLQ1RUWK$PHULFDRQO\3URGXFWVSXUFKDVHGHOVHZKHUHPD\YDU\$OZD\VFRQWDFW
\RXUUHJLRQ¶VVXSSRUWFHQWHUIRUDVVLVWDQFH
4 < Introduction >
$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ
7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUXQPDQQHGDHULDOYHKLFOHXVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHGIRUXVHLQDQ\DSSOLFDWLRQ
RWKHUWKDQXQPDQQHGDHULDOYHKLFOHFRQWURO7KHSURGXFWLVVXEMHFWWRUHJXODWLRQVRIWKH0LQLVWU\RI5DGLR
7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQVDQGLVUHVWULFWHGXQGHU-DSDQHVHODZWRVXFKSXUSRVHV
([SRUWDWLRQSUHFDXWLRQV
D:KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\WKHODZV
JRYHUQLQJ WKH FRXQWU\ RI GHVWLQDWLRQ ZKLFK JRYHUQ GHYLFHV WKDWHPLW UDGLR IUHTXHQFLHV ,I WKLV SURGXFW LV
WKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW3ULRUDSSURYDORIWKH
DSSURSULDWHJRYHUQPHQWDXWKRULWLHVPD\EHUHTXLUHG,I\RXKDYHSXUFKDVHGWKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHU
RXWVLGH \RXU FRXQWU\ DQG QRW WKH DXWKRUL]HG )XWDED GLVWULEXWRU LQ \RXU FRXQWU\ SOHDVH FRQWDFW WKH VHOOHU
LPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYHEHHQPHW
E 8VH RI WKLV SURGXFW ZLWK DQ\WKLQJ RWKHU WKDQ PRGHOV PD\ EH UHVWULFWHG E\ ([SRUW DQG7UDGH &RQWURO
5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRWEHXWLOL]HG
WRRSHUDWHHTXLSPHQWRWKHUWKDQUDGLRFRQWUROOHGPRGHOV
0RGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV )XWDED LV QRW UHVSRQVLEOH IRU XQDXWKRUL]HG
PRGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV RQ WKLV SURGXFW$Q\ VXFK FKDQJHV PD\ YRLG WKH
ZDUUDQW\
CRPSOLDQFHIQIRUPDWLRQ6WDWHPHQW
7KLVGHYLFHFRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV
7KLV GHYLFH PD\ QRW FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH DQG 7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH
UHFHLYHGLQFOXGLQJLQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWPD\FDXVHXQGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQ
5)5DGLDWLRQ([SRVXUH6WDWHPHQW
7KLVHTXLSPHQWFRPSOLHVZLWK)&&UDGLDWLRQH[SRVXUHOLPLWVVHWIRUWKIRUDQXQFRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQW
7KLVWUDQVPLWWHUPXVWQRWEHFRORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHU
7KHUHVSRQVLEOHSDUW\IRUWKHFRPSOLDQFHRIWKLVGHYLFHLV
)XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP6XSSRUW
7(/RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP6HUYLFH
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV LQGLFDWHV
WKDW)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQLVYROXQWDULO\SDUWLFLSDWLQJLQDQLQGXVWU\ZLGHSURJUDPWRFROOHFW
DQGUHF\FOHWKHVHEDWWHULHVDWWKHHQGRIWKHLUXVHIXOOLYHVZKHQWDNHQRXWRIVHUYLFHZLWKLQ
WKH8QLWHG6WDWHV7KH5%5&SURJUDPSURYLGHVDFRQYHQLHQWDOWHUQDWLYHWRSODFLQJXVHGQLFNHOFDGPLXP
EDWWHULHVLQWRWKHWUDVKRUPXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV
IRU86$
<RXPD\FRQWDFW\RXUORFDOUHF\FOLQJFHQWHUIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQZKHUHWRUHWXUQWKHVSHQWEDWWHU\3OHDVHFDOO
%$77(5<IRULQIRUPDWLRQRQ1L&GEDWWHU\UHF\FOLQJLQ\RXUDUHD)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQLQYROYHPHQW
LQWKLVSURJUDPLVSDUWRILWVFRPPLWPHQWWRSURWHFWLQJRXUHQYLURQPHQWDQGFRQVHUYLQJQDWXUDOUHVRXUFHV
5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ
< Introduction > 5
IC
7KLV GHYLFH FRPSOLHV ZLWK ,QGXVWU\ &DQDGD OLFHQVHH[HPSW 566 VWDQGDUGV 2SHUDWLRQ LV VXEMHFW WR WKH IROORZLQJ WZR FRQGLWLRQV
WKLV GHYLFH PD\ QRW FDXVH LQWHUIHUHQFH DQG WKLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH
XQGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQRIWKHGHYLFH
7KLVHTXLSPHQWFRPSOLHVZLWK,&UDGLDWLRQH[SRVXUHOLPLWVVHWIRUWKIRUDQXQFRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQW7KLVWUDQVPLWWHUPXVWQRWEHFR
ORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHU
)UHQFK
&HW DSSDUHLO UDGLR HVW FRQIRUPH DX &15 G¶,QGXVWULH &DQDGD /¶XWLOLVDWLRQ GH FH GLVSRVLWLI HVW DXWRULVpH VHXOHPHQW DX[ GHX[
FRQGLWLRQVVXLYDQWHVLOQHGRLWSDVSURGXLUHGHEURXLOODJHHWO¶XWLOLVDWHXUGXGLVSRVLWLIGRLWrWUHSUrWjDFFHSWHUWRXWEURXLOODJH
UDGLRpOHFWULTXHUHoXPrPHVLFHEURXLOODJHHVWVXVFHSWLEOHGHFRPSURPHWWUHOHIRQFWLRQQHPHQWGXGLVSRVLWLI
&HW pTXLSHPHQW HVW FRQIRUPH DX[ OLPLWHV G
H[SRVLWLRQ DX UD\RQQHPHQW GX &, pWDEOLHV SRXU XQ HQYLURQQHPHQW QRQ FRQWU{Op &HW
pPHWWHXUQHGRLWSDVrWUHFRVLWXpRXIRQFWLRQQHUFRQMRLQWHPHQWDYHFXQHDXWUHDQWHQQHRXpPHWWHXU
DHFODUDWLRQRICRQIRUPLW\IRU(U
+HUHE\)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQGHFODUHVWKDWWKHUDGLRHTXLSPHQWW\SHLVLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWK'LUHFWLYH(8
7KHIXOOWH[WRIWKH(8GHFODUDWLRQRIFRQIRUPLW\LVDYDLODEOHDWWKHIROORZLQJLQWHUQHWDGGUHVV
KWWSZZZ.UF.IXWDED.FR.MSHQJOLVKGOGHFODUDWLRQV.KWPO
)HGHUDOCRPPXQLFDWLRQVCRPPLVVLRQIQWHUIHUHQFH6WDWHPHQWIRUU.6.$.
7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFH
SXUVXDQW WR 3DUW RI WKH )&& 5XOHV 7KHVH OLPLWV DUH GHVLJQHG WR SURYLGH UHDVRQDEOH SURWHFWLRQ DJDLQVW KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ
D UHVLGHQWLDO LQVWDOODWLRQ 7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG DQG XVHG LQ
DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV PD\ FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR FRPPXQLFDWLRQV +RZHYHU WKHUH LV QR JXDUDQWHH WKDW
LQWHUIHUHQFH ZLOO QRW RFFXU LQ D SDUWLFXODU LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR RU WHOHYLVLRQ
UHFHSWLRQZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRIIDQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WRFRUUHFWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHE\
RQHRUPRUHRIWKHIROORZLQJPHDVXUHV
5HRULHQWRUUHORFDWHWKHUHFHLYLQJDQWHQQD
,QFUHDVHWKHVHSDUDWLRQEHWZHHQWKHHTXLSPHQWDQGUHFHLYHU
&RQQHFWWKHHTXLSPHQWLQWRDQRXWOHWRQDFLUFXLWGLIIHUHQWIURPWKDWWRZKLFKWKHUHFHLYHULVFRQQHFWHG
&RQVXOWWKHGHDOHURUDQH[SHULHQFHGUDGLR79WHFKQLFLDQIRUKHOS
C$UTION
7RDVVXUHFRQWLQXHG)&&FRPSOLDQFH
$Q\ FKDQJHV RU PRGL¿FDWLRQV QRW H[SUHVVO\ DSSURYHG E\ WKH JUDQWHH RI WKLV GHYLFH FRXOG YRLG WKH XVHU¶V DXWKRULW\ WR RSHUDWH WKH
HTXLSPHQW
)O\LQJ6DIHW\
:KHUHWR)O\
:HUHFRPPHQGWKDW\RXÀ\DWDUHFRJQL]HGPRGHODLUSODQHÀ\LQJ¿HOG<RXFDQ¿QGPRGHOFOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVW
KREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV
7KHQDWLRQDO$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV$0$KDVPRUHWKDQFKDUWHUHGFOXEVDFURVVWKHFRXQWU\7KURXJKDQ\RQHRI
WKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJSURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROOIUHHSKRQH
QXPEHUEHORZ
$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH
)D[
RUYLDWKH,QWHUQHWDWKWWS??ZZZPRGHODLUFUDIWRUJ
$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV DV ZHOO DV WKH SUHVHQFH DQG ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG
GLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\REVWDFOHVRQWKH¿HOG%HYHU\FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
IDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EHUDGLRLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHLUYLFLQLW\
6 < Introduction >
Precautions
Application, Export, and Modification Precautions.
1. This product is only designed for use with radio control models. Use of the product described in this instruction
manual is limited to radio control models.
2. Export precautions:
a) When this product is exported, it cannot be used where prohibited by the laws governing radio waves of the
destination country.
b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations.
3. Modification, adjustment, and parts replacement:
Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modification, adjustment, or replacement of parts on this product.
■ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without prior permission.
■ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
■ The contents of this manual should be complete, but if there are any unclear or missing parts please contact a
Futaba Service Center.
■ Futaba is not responsible for the use of this product by the customer.
■ Company and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective company.
For safe use
Please observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of this product at all times.
Meaning of Special Markings:
The parts of this manual indicated by the following marks require special attention from the standpoint of safety.
DANGER 3URFHGXUHV ZKLFK PD\ OHDG WR GDQJHURXV FRQGLWLRQV DQG FDXVH GHDWKVHULRXV LQMXU\ LI QRW FDUULHG RXW
SURSHUO\.
WARNING 3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRW
FDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RIVXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK.
CAUTION 3URFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULVVPDOOEXWWKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RU
SK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\.
3URKLELWHG
0DQGDWRU\
:$RNIN*$OZD\VNHHSHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVDZD\IURPVPDOOFKLOGUHQ.
Flying Precautions
WARNING
Never grasp the transmitter antenna while
flying.
■ The transmitter output may drop drastically.
Always make sure that all transmitter stick
movements operate all servos properly in the
model prior to flight. Also, make sure that all
switches, etc. function properly as well. If there
are any difficulties, do not use the system until all
inputs are functioning properly. Never fly in range check mode. ■ In the dedicated range test range check mode, the
transmitter output range is reduced and may cause a
crash.
While operating, never touch the transmitter
with, or bring the transmitter near, another transmitter, a cellphone, or other wireless devices.
■ The antenna is directional and the transmitter output
is weakest. (The strength of the radio waves is greatest
from the sides of the antenna.)
Never fly on a rainy day, when the wind is
strong, or at night. ■ Water could lead to failure or improper functionality
and poor control of the aircraft which could lead to a
crash.
Never turn the power switch off during flight
or while the engine or motor is running. ■ Operation will become impossible and the aircraft will
crash. Even if the power switch is turned on, operation
will not begin until transmitter and receiver internal
processing is complete.
Do not start the engine or motor while wearing
the neck strap. ■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation.
■ The neck strap may become entangled with the rotating propeller, rotor, etc. and cause a serious injury.
Do not point the antenna directly toward the
aircraft during flight. Do not fly when you are physically impaired as
it could pose a safety hazard to yourself or others.
< Introduction > 7
Do not fly at the following places: ■ Near another radio control flying field.
■ Near or above people.
■ Near homes, schools, hospitals or other places where
people congregate.
■ Near high voltage lines, high structures, or communication facilities.
When setting the transmitter on the ground
during flight preparations, do not stand it upright.
■ The transmitter may tip over, the sticks may move and
the propeller or rotor may rotate unexpectedly and
cause injury.
Do not touch the engine, motor, or ESC during
and immediately after use. ■ These items may become hot during use.
For safety, fly so that the aircraft is visible at all
times. ■ Flying behind buildings or other large structures will
not only cause you to lose sight of the aircraft, but also degrade the RF link performance and cause loss of
control.
From the standpoint of safety, always set the
fail safe function. ■ In particular, normally set the throttle channel to idle.
For a helicopter, set the throttle channel to maintain a
hover.
When flying, always return the transmitter setup screen to the Home screen. ■ Erroneous input during flight is extremely dangerous.
Always check the remaining capacity of the
transmitter and receiver batteries before each flying session prior to flight. Always check operation of each control surface
and perform a range test before each flying session. Also, when using the trainer function, check
the operation of both the teacher and student
transmitter. ■ Even one incorrect transmitter setting or aircraft abnormality can cause a crash.
Before turning on the transmitter:
1. Always move the transmitter throttle stick position to
the minimum (idle) position. 2. Turn on the transmitter first and then the receiver.
When turning off the transmitter's power
switch after the engine or motor has stopped
(state in which it will not rotate again):
1. Turn off the receiver power switch. 2. Then turn off the transmitter power switch.
■ If the power switch is turned on/off in the opposite order, the propeller may rotate unexpectedly and cause
a serious injury.
■ Also always observe the above order when setting the
fail safe function.
When adjusting the transmitter, stop the
engine except when necessary. In the case of a
motor, disconnect the wiring that allows it to continue operation. When doing so, please exercise
extreme caution. Ensure that the aircraft is secured and that it will not come into contact with
anything or anyone. Ensure that the motor will
not rotate prior to making any adjustments.
■ Unexpected high speed rotation of the engine may
cause a serious injury.
■ Low battery capacity will cause loss of control and a
crash.
Battery and Charger Handling Precautions
DANGER
Do not recharge a battery that is damaged, deteriorated, leaking electrolyte, or wet. Do not charge and store the battery in direct
sunlight or other hot places. Do not use the charger in applications other
than as intended.
Do not charge the battery if it is covered with
any object as it may become very hot.
Do not allow the charger or battery to become
wet.
Do not use the battery in a combustible environment. ■ Do not use the charger when it or your hands are wet.
Do not use the charger in humid places. ■ The combustibles may could ignite ignite and cause an
explosion or fire.
Do not short circuit the battery. Do not solder, repair, deform, modify, or disassemble the battery and/or battery charger. Do not drop the battery into a fire or bring it
near a fire. 8 < Introduction >
Always charge the battery before each flying
session. ■ If the battery goes dead during flight, the aircraft will
crash.
Charge the battery with the dedicated charger
supplied with the set.
■ Charging the battery past the specified value may
cause a fire, combustion, rupture, or liquid leakage.
When quick charging, do not charge the battery above
1C.
■ Do not charge the battery while riding in a vehicle. Vibration will prevent normal charging.
If the battery liquid should get in your eyes, do
not rub your eyes, but immediately wash them
with tap water or other clean water and get treated by a doctor.
■ The liquid can cause blindness. Insert the power cord plug firmly into the
receptacle up to its base.
Always use the charger with the specified
power supply voltage.
■ Use the special charger by connecting it to a proper
power outlet.
WARNING
Do not touch the charger and battery for any
length of time during charging. Use and store the battery and battery charger
in a secure location away from children. ■ Doing so may result in burns. ■ Not doing so may cause electric shock or injury.
Do not use a charger or battery that has been
damaged. If the battery leaks liquid or generates an abnormal odor, immediately move it to a safe place
for disposal.
Do not touch any of the internal components
of the charger. ■ Doing so may cause electric shock or a burn.
If any abnormalities such as smoke or discoloration are noted with either the charger or the battery, remove the battery from the transmitter or
charger and disconnect the power cord plug and
do not use the charger. ■ Continued use may cause fire, combustion, generation
of heat, or rupture.
Do not subject the batteries to impact.
■ Doing so may cause fire, combustion, generation of
heat, rupture, or liquid leakage.
■ Not doing so may cause combustion.
If the battery liquid gets on your skin or clothing, immediately flush the area with tap water or
other clean water.
■ Consult a doctor. The liquid can cause skin damage.
After the specified charging time has elapsed,
end charging and disconnect the charger from the
receptacle. When recycling or disposing of the battery, isolate the terminals by covering them with tape.
■ Short circuit of the terminals may cause combustion,
generation of heat or rupture.
CAUTION
Do not use the battery with devices other than
the corresponding transmitter.
Do not place heavy objects on top of the battery or charger. Also, do not place the battery or
charger in any location where it may fall. ■ Doing so may cause damage or injury.
Do not store or use the battery and charger
where it is dusty or humid. ■ Insert the power cord plug into the receptacle only after eliminating the dust.
After the transmitter has been used for a long
time, the battery may become hot. Immediately
remove it from the transmitter.
■ Not doing so may cause a burn.
Do not charge the battery in extreme temperatures.
■ Doing so will degrade the battery performance. An ambient temperature of 10℃ to 30℃ (50 ℉ to 86 ℉ ) is
ideal for charging.
Unplug the charger when not in use. Do not bend or pull the cord unreasonably and
do not place heavy objects on the cord.
■ The power cord may be damaged and cause combustion, generation of heat, or electric shock.
< Introduction > 9
SD Card (Commercial Product) Handling Precautions
5HDGWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOVXSSOLHGZLWKWKH6'FDUGIRUGHWDLOV
WARNING
Never disassemble or modify the SD card. Do not bend, drop, scratch or place heavy objects on the SD card.
If smoke or an abnormal odor emanates from the
card, immediately turn off the transmitter power.
Do not use the SD card where it may be exposed to water, chemicals, oil, or other fluids. ■ Doing so may cause a fire or electric shock by short circuiting.
CAUTION
Since the SD card is an electronic device, be
careful of static electricity. Do not insert foreign matter into the transmitter card slot. ■ Static electricity may cause erroneous operation or
other trouble.
■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation.
Do not use the SD card near radio and television sets, audio equipment, motors and other
equipment that generates noise. Do not expose the card to shock and vibration
and do not remove the card from the card slot
while data is being written or read. ■ The data may be damaged or lost.
■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation.
● Recorded data
Do not store the SD card in the following places:
The data recorded on the SD card cannot
be compensated regardless of the contents
or cause of the trouble or obstruction.
Futaba does not perform data restoration or
recovery work.
・Where the humidity is high
・Where the temperature difference is severe
・Where it is very dusty
・Where the card will be exposed to shock and vibration
・Near speakers and other magnetic devices
Storage and Disposal Precautions
WARNING
Keep wireless equipment, batteries, aircraft,
etc. away from children. CAUTION
Do not store wireless devices in the following
places: ・Where it is extremely hot (40℃ [104 ℉ ] or higher) or
cold (-10℃ [14 ℉ ] or lower)
・Where the equipment will be exposed to direct sunlight
・Where the humidity is high
・Where vibration is prevalent
・Where it is very dusty
・Where the device may be exposed to steam and heat
When the device will not be used for a long
time, remove the batteries from the transmitter
and aircraft and store them in a dry place where
the temperature is between 0℃ and 30℃ [32 ℉
and 86 ℉ ].
■ Leaving batteries inside your model and radio when
they are not being used for long periods will result in
battery deterioration, liquid leakage and other damage.
Other Precautions
CAUTION
Do not directly expose plastic parts to fuel, oil,
exhaust gas, etc. Always use genuine Futaba products such as
transmitter, receiver, servo, ESC, battery, etc.
■ If left in such an environment, the plastic may be damaged.
■ Futaba is not responsible for damage sustained by
combination with parts other than Futaba Genuine
Parts. Use the parts specified in the instruction manual
and catalog.
■ Since the metal parts of the case may corrode, always
keep them clean.
Join the Academy of Model Aeronautics. ■ The Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA) provides
guidelines and liability protection should the need arise.
10 < Introduction >
BEFORE USE
ũƈƄƗƘƕƈƖŃ
FASSTest system
The T16SZ transmitter has adopted the bidirectional communication system "FASSTest". Data from
the receiver can be checked in your transmitter. FASSTest is a maximum 18 channels 2.4GHz dedicated
system.
Color touch screen LCD
76=KDVDQ+9*$LQFKIXOOFRORUEDFNOLW/&'WRXFKVFUHHQ7KHVFUHHQLVWUDQVÀHFWLYHZKLFK
enables both indoor and outdoor visibility.
S.BUS2 system
%\XVLQJWKH6%86V\VWHPPXOWLSOHVHUYRVJ\URVDQGWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVDUHHDVLO\LQVWDOOHGZLWKD
minimum amount of cables.
Model types
0XOWLFRSWHUVZDVKW\SHVDUHDYDLODEOHIRUKHOLFRSWHUVW\SHVRIPDLQZLQJVDQGW\SHVRIWDLOZLQJV
are available for airplanes and gliders. Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are
set in advance at the factory.
NiMH battery
T16SZ is operated by a 6.0 V/1,800 mAh NiMH battery.
SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)
Model data can be saved to an SD card (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB). When T16SZ transmitter
VRIWZDUH¿OHVDUHUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHFDQEHXSGDWHGE\XVLQJDQ6'FDUGXSGDWH
Edit button
7ZRHGLWEXWWRQVDUHSURYLGHGDQGWKHRSHUDWLQJVFUHHQFDQEHLPPHGLDWHO\³5HWXUQHG´WRWKH+20(
VFUHHQGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ6HWWLQJRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHGHDVLO\E\FRPELQLQJWKLVEXWWRQZLWKDWRXFK
sensor.
Vibration function
Selects a function that alerts the operator to various alarms by vibrating the transmitter in addition to
sounding a buzzer.
Speech function
$IXQFWLRQLVHTXLSSHGZKLFKDOORZVWKHV\VWHPWRSURYLGHWHOHPHWU\GDWDDXGLEO\7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQ
DOVREHXWLOL]HGZLWKFRPPHUFLDOO\DYDLODEOHHDUSKRQHV
< Before Use > 11
ŦƒƑƗƈƑƗƖŃƄƑƇŃŷƈƆƋƑƌƆƄƏŃŶƓƈƆƌƲƆƄƗƌƒƑƖ
Your T16SZ includes the following components:
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
• T16SZ transmitter
• R7008SB Receiver
• HT5F1800B NiMH battery & charger
• Switch harness
• Mini driver
*The set contents depend on the type of set.
ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃŷŔřŶŽŃ
(2-stick, 18-channel, FASSTest-2.4GHz system)
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
System: FASSTest18CH, FASSTest12CH, FASST MULT, FASST 7CH, T-FHSS, S-FHSS, switchable
Power supply: 6.0V HT5F1800B NiMH battery
Frequency band: 2.4GHz
RF power output : 100mW EIRP
ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃŵŚœœśŶť
(FASSTest-2.4GHz system, Dual Antenna Diversity, S.BUS/S.BUS2 system)
Power requirement: 3.7V-7.4V battery or regulated output from ESC, etc. (*1)
Size: 0.98 x 1.86 x 0.56 in. (24.9 x 47.3 x 14.3 mm)
Weight: 0.38 oz. (10.9g)
Frequency band: 2.4GHz
RF power output: 25mW EIRP
(*1) When using ESCs make sure that the regulated output capacity meets your usage application.
Note: The battery in the T16SZ transmitter does not arrive already attached
to the battery connector. Please connect the battery connector before use.
ŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŒŵƒƅƒƗŃƖƓƈƆƌƲƆƄƗƌƒƑƖ
Throttle stick warning
Ratchet type
(General transmitter)
The throttle stick doesn't
return neutrally.
Self neutral type
(Multicopter/Robot specification)
The throttle stick
returns neutrally by a
spring.
WARNING
You cannot use the self-neutral throttle stick for R/C airplanes, helicopters, and certain multi-copters.
Allowing the engine/motor to reach middle speed via automatic throttle stick return is very dangerous.
If using the T16SZ for R/C airplanes and helicopters, you must change the throttle stick to the ratchet type.
12 < Before Use >
ŤƆƆƈƖƖƒƕƌƈƖ
Optional Parts
The following additional accessories are available from your dealer.
Refer to a Futaba catalog for more information:
• HT5F1800B transmitter battery pack - the (1,800mAh) transmitter NiMH battery pack may be easily
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV
• Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by
placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T16SZ transmitter may be connected to
DQRWKHU76=V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH76=WUDQVPLWWHUXVHV
RQHRIWKHWKUHHFRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH
75$,1(5IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870
• Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos that best suit your model and
SXUSRVH,I\RXXWLOL]HDQ6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHDQ6%86VHUYR$QDQDORJVHUYRFDQQRWEH
used if "FASSTest12CH mode" is used.
• Telemetry sensor - please purchase an optional sensor, in order to utilize bidirectional communication
system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
>7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU6%677(@>$OWLWXGHVHQVRU6%6$@>530VHQVRU magnet type : SBS50@>530VHQVRU RSWLFDOW\SH6%652@>530VHQVRU EUXVKOHVVPRWRUW\SH6%65%@>*36
VHQVRU6%6*@>9ROWDJHVHQVRU6%69@>6%86VHUYRVHQVRU6%66@>&XUUHQWVHQVRU
6%6&@
• Neckstrap - a neckstrap may be connected to your T16SZ system to make it easier to handle and improve
\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW
• Y-harnesses, servo extensions, hub,etc - Genuine Futaba extensions and Y-harnesses, including a heavyGXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV
• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
‡*RYHUQRUIRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQWKHDG
VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF
‡5HFHLYHUVYDULRXVPRGHOVRI)XWDEDUHFHLYHUVPD\EHSXUFKDVHGIRUXVHLQRWKHUPRGHOV5HFHLYHUVIRU
FASSTest and FASST, T-FHSS, S-FHSS types are available.)
• SBD-2, S.BUS decoder -The SBD-2 is a converter for using conventional servos (other than an S.BUS
VHUYRZLWKWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KH6%'FRQQHFWVWRWKHUHFHLYHURXWSXWRIDQ6%866%86
system and eight servos can be used. SBD-2 can change the output CH by selecting from 9 groups using
DURWDU\VZLWFK6%'FDQXVH(;7EDWWHU\IRUVHUYRV
< Before Use > 13
ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏƖ
● Monitor LED
● Dial LD.RD
● Antenna
● Carrying handle
● Switch
SA.SB.SE.SF
● Switch
SC.SD.SG.SH
● Slide lever
RS
● Slide lever
LS
● Stick
● Stick
ŭŖ
ŭŕ
ŭŗ
ŭŔ
● Power Switch
● Digital
trim
T1-T4
● Hook
● HOME/EXIT Button
● Battery cover
● U.MENU/MON. Button
(User menu/Servo monitor)
● Color LCD display Touch Panel
The panel displays shown in this manual may vary from your own,
depending upon your model type. Panel displays may also vary as a
result of version upgrades or other changes.
14 < Before Use >
ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŊƖŃƄƑƗƈƑƑƄ
$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURPWKHVLGHV
RIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DWWKHPRGHO,I\RXU
À\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLVVLWXDWLRQ
If you fly with your
transmitter facing the
model at the angle
shown in the illustration,
bend the antenna 90
degrees.
Low power
High power
High power
Do not fly your
model with the
antenna's tip
pointing in its
direction.
ŵƒƗƄƗƌƑƊŃƄƑƗƈƑƑƄ
The antenna can be rotated 180 degrees and angles
90 degrees. Forcing the antenna further than this
can damage it. The antenna is not removable.
CAUTION
Please do not grasp the transmitter's
antenna during flight.
■ Doing so may degrade the quality of the RF
transmission to the model.
Do not carry the transmitter by the
antenna.
■ The antenna wire may break, making
operation impossible.
Do not pull the antenna forcefully.
180°
■ The antenna wire may break, making
operation impossible.
90°
< Before Use > 15
ŶƚƌƗƆƋŃŋŶŤŐŶūŌŃ
SF : 2 positions; Alternate;
SH : 2 positions; Momentary;
Long lever
Long lever
SE : 3 positions; Alternate;
SG : 3 positions; Alternate;
Short lever
Short lever
SA : 3 positions; Alternate;
SD : 3 positions; Alternate;
Short lever
Short lever
SB : 3 positions; Alternate;
Long lever
SC : 3 positions; Alternate;
Long lever
*Self retum
2 positions
16 < Before Use >
3 positions
Alternate
Momentary
ŹƒƏƘƐƈ
7KH YROXPH /' DQG 5' NQREV DOORZ
analog input.
LD
7KH76=WUDQVPLWWHUEHHSVZKHQWKHYROXPH
knob reaches the center position.
*You can use each setting screen of the mixing
functions to select volumes and define the
direction of movement.
RD
ŶƏƌƇƈŃůƈƙƈƕ
LS
RS
ůŶŃŋůƈƉƗŌŏŃŵŶŃŋŵƌƊƋƗŌŝ
7KH/LQHDU6OLGHU/6DQG56RIIHUDQDORJLQSXW
7KH76=WUDQVPLWWHUEHHSVZKHQWKHOHYHUFRPHVWRWKHFHQWHU
*You can select a slide lever and set the movement direction on the setting screen of mixing functions.
< Before Use > 17
ŧƌƊƌƗƄƏŃŷƕƌƐƖŃŷŔŐŷŗ
7KLVWUDQVPLWWHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKGLJLWDOWULPV
(DFKWLPH\RXSUHVVDWULPEXWWRQWKHWULPSRVLWLRQ
PRYHVRQHVWHS,I\RXFRQWLQXHSUHVVLQJLWWKHWULP
SRVLWLRQVWDUWVWRPRYHIDVWHU,QDGGLWLRQZKHQ
WKHWULPSRVLWLRQUHWXUQVWRWKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOO
FKDQJH<RXFDQDOZD\VPRQLWRUWULPSRVLWLRQVE\
referencing the LCD screen.
*You can select the trim step amount and the display unit
RQWKHKRPHVFUHHQRQWKH77VHWWLQJVFUHHQZLWKLQWKH
linkage menu.
1RWH7KHWULPSRVLWLRQV\RXKDYHVHWZLOOEHVWRUHGLQWKH
QRQYRODWLOHPHPRU\DQGZLOOUHPDLQWKHUH
T4
T3
T2
T1
ŧƌƊƌƗƄƏŃƗƕƌƐŃƒƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƄƏŃƈƛƄƐƓƏƈ
*Example Stick Mode2
◆When the airplane goes up while the
elevator stick is neutral.
◆When the airplane dives while the
elevator stick is neutral.
◆Elevator trim to up
◆Elevator trim to down
Elevator Neutral
Elevator Neutral
Elevator Down
Elevator Up
◆Adjust so that the airplane flies level.
18 < Before Use >
ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃűƌŰūŃťƄƗƗƈƕƜŃūŷŘũŔśœœť
ŬƑƖƗƄƏƏƌƑƊŒƕƈƐƒƙƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃūŷŘũŔśœœť
③ Connect the battery
connector.
① A side battery cover
is opened.
Battery cover
④ Close the battery cover completely.
② Install the
battery into the
transmitter.
This 2P connector connects
to the transmitter.
HT5F1800B
NiMH Battery
< Before Use > 19
ŦƋƄƕƊƌƑƊŃƄŃƅƄƗƗƈƕƜ
ťƄƗƗƈƕƜŃƕƈƐƒƙƄƏ
AC
Charger
Note: If you remove the battery while the
power is on, the data you have set will not
be saved.
1. Open the battery cover.
2. Disconnect the battery connector.
3. Close the battery cover completely.
WARNING
Be careful not to drop the battery.
To transmitter
charging jack
Never disconnect the battery connector
from the T16SZ transmitter after
turning off the power until the screen is
completely blank and the transmitter has
shut down completely.
* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.
1.Plug the transmitter cord of the special
charger into the charging jack on the side of
the transmitter.
2. Plug the charger into an AC outlet.
3. Check that the charging LED lights.
7KH FKDUJLQJ WLPH ZKHQ FKDUJLQJ WKH +7)%
EDWWHU\ ZLWK WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU LV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ hours.
4. Disconnect the charge plug.
5. Disconnect the AC plug.
* If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error"
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter
as it is. Send it to the Futaba service center.
WARNING
Never plug the charger into an outlet
other than the indicated voltage.
*Plugging the charger into the wrong outlet could
result in an explosion or fire.
Do not plug and unplug the charger
when your hands are wet.
*It may cause an electric shock.
%DWWHU\ FKDUJLQJ ZLOO QRW DXWRPDWLFDOO\ VWRS 5Hmove the battery and transmitter from the charger
DQGUHPRYHWKHFKDUJHUIURPWKHZDOOVRFNHW
,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG WR UHDFWLYDWH WKH EDWWHU\ E\ F\cling several times if the battery has not been used
for a long period.
,Q WKH FDVH RI 1L0+ EDWWHULHV \RX PD\ ILQG SRRU
performance of the battery if you have used the battery only for a short period or if you repeat charging
ZKLOH WKH EDWWHU\ LV QRW IXOO\ GLVFKDUJHG ,W LV VXJgested to discharge the battery to the recommended
OHYHODIWHUXVH,WLVDOVRUHFRPPHQGHGWRFKDUJHWKH
EDWWHU\MXVWEHIRUHXVH
20 < Before Use >
Do not overcharge/overdischarge the
battery.
*Overcharging/Overdischarging a battery can result
in burns, fire, injuries, or loss of sight due to overheating, breakage, or electrolyte leakage.
CAUTION
When the charger is not in use,
disconnect it from the AC outlet.
* Do this to prevent accidents and to avoid overheating.
ūƒƚŃƗƒŃƗƘƕƑŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃƓƒƚƈƕŃŲűŒŲũũŃ
:KHQ WXUQLQJ RQ WKH SRZHU WKH76= WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHJLQ HPLWWLQJ 5) DXWRPDWLFDOO\ DIWHU LW
FRQ¿UPVWKHVXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQV7KHVWDWXVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVGLVSOD\HGE\/('DWWKHXSSHU
part of the front of a T16SZ.
,I7+5VWLFNLVKLJKD:$51,1*VFUHHQZLOODSSHDU$QRWKHUZDUQLQJZLOODSSHDULIDSRZHU
VXSSO\LVDWWDFKHG,Q0XOWLFRSWHUPRGHWKH7+5SRVLWLRQDODUPZLOOQRWDSSHDU
ųƒƚƈƕŃŲű
ųƒƚƈƕŃŲũũ
Power Switch
Throttle Stick Low
Right or Left Long Push
ŬƉŃƗƋƈŃŅŷƋƕŃƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑŅŃƄƏƄƕƐŃƇƌƖƓƏƄƜƖ
,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVLQWKHKLJKSRVLWLRQZKHQWKH
SRZHULVWXUQHG21
Warning alarm
Power Switch
Right and Left Push
Power Switch
or
Right or Left Long Push
:KHQWKHDODUPDFWLYDWHVORZHUWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
EHIRUHWXUQLQJWKHUHFHLYHUSRZHU21
,IWKHSRZHULVWXUQHG21ZKHQWKHLGOHXSDLUEUDNH
HWFVZLWFKHVDUH21WKHDERYHZDUQLQJZLOOGLVSOD\
(QVXUHWKHUHOHYDQWVZLWFKHVDUHWXUQHG2))
Tap this to stop the alarm
and RF signal. Only panel
screen operation is active, the
transmitter will not link to any
receiver.
If the power switches are turned off in the opposite order the model may unexpectedly run out of control and
cause a very dangerous situation.
ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒƑŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ
1. Turn on the transmitter power switch.
2. Turn on the receiver or speed control power switch.
ON
ON
ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒȭŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ
Always be sure the motor/engine is stopped.
1. Turn off the receiver or speed control power switch.
2. Then turn off the transmitter power switch.
OFF
OFF
< Before Use > 21
ŷƒƘƆƋŃųƄƑƈƏ
Tapping the settings buttons for
each value on the settings screen
will cause value input buttons to
appear at the top of the panel.
7DS WKH SDQHOZLWK \RXU ILQJHU WR HQWHU
data.
3ODVWLF¿OPLVDWWDFKHGWRWKH7RXFK3DQHO3OHDVH
be careful so that you don't scratch the Touch Panel
ZLWKDQ\WKLQJKDUGVXFKDVDPHWDOREMHFW'RQ
W
SXVKWKH7RXFK3DQHOZLWKH[FHVVLYHIRUFHRUGURS
anything on the panel.
$OWKRXJK\RXPD\¿QGVRPHDLUEXEEOHVXQGHUWKH
plastic panel due to environmental changes such
DVWHPSHUDWXUHLWLVQRWDGHIHFWDQGZLOOFDXVHQR
problems.
&RORU /(' LV PDGH IURP PDQ\ SL[HOV 6RPH
pixels hold lighting. Moreover, some pixels go out.
And a screen may flicker. Such condition is the
FKDUDFWHULVWLFVRIFRORU/(',WLVQRWIDLOXUH
Pressing and holding a value will
return it to its default setting.
Value input buttons display at the
top of the panel.
Large change
in value
Small change
in value
Large change
in value
ūŲŰŨŒŨŻŬŷŃƄƑƇŃŸőŰŨűŸŒŰŲűőŃ
HOME/EXIT
Press
Return to the previous
screen
Press and hold
Return to the home screen
Press from HOME
screen.
To Telemetry display
Press and hold from
HOME screen.
Panel lock / Lock release
U.MENU/MON.
HOME/EXIT
U.MENU/MON.
Press
To user menu display
Button
Button
Press and hold
To servo monitor display
22 < Before Use >
ųƄƑƈƏŃƏƒƆƎ
Temporarily activating this function makes it impossible to change data by mistakenly touching keys
GXULQJÀLJKW
How to lock
1. The home screen is displayed.
2. Press the HOME/EXIT button for about 1
second. "Key mark" is displayed and the
keys disabled.
ŃůƒƆƎŃŧƌƖƓƏƄƜ
Panel lock
HOME/EXIT Press and hold
How to unlock
1. Press the Home/Exit button for about 1
second, and the panel will then become
unlocked.
CAUTION
The T16SZ's touch screen is very sensitive. To
avoid accidentally activating it during a flight, it
is suggested that it be locked. Due to the touch
screen's sensitivity, allowing it to be touched
during flight by a neck strap hook, servo extension,
or even your hand could be dangerous. Please use
the Touch Panel lock for added safety during flight.
Panel unlock
HOME/EXIT Press and hold
ŵũŃƒȭŃƐƒƇƈ
0RGHORSHUDWLRQLVQRWSRVVLEOHEXWSDQHORSHUDWLRQZLWKRXW5)VLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVDOORZHG
5HGXFHVEDWWHU\SRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQGXULQJVHWXS
"RF off" Model
operation is not
possible, but only
panel operation is.
U.MENU/MON.
Press and
Restart the power
to transmit RF
signals.
Power ON
< Before Use > 23
ŰƒƑƌƗƒƕŃůŨŧŃƇƌƖƓƏƄƜ
7KHVWDWXVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVGLVSOD\HGE\/('DWWKHXSSHUSDUWRIWKHIURQWRID76=
)$667HVWPRGHń/LJKW%OXHOLJKW
)$667PRGHń*UHHQOLJKW
7)+666)+66PRGHń<HOORZJUHHQOLJKW
5)2))ń9LROHWOLJKW
6WDUWLQJń5HGOLJKW
7UDLQHU6WXGHQWń%OXHOLJKW
5DQJHFKHFNPRGHń6ORZEOLQNLQJ
5HFHLYHUOLQNPRGHń)DVWEOLQNLQJ
ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏ
*Example Stick Mode2
(OHYDWRU6WLFN
3LWFKD[LV
$LOHURQVWLFN
5ROOD[LV
(QJLQH PRWRU
3RZHU
7KURWWOHVWLFN
24 < Before Use >
<DZD[LV
5XGGHUVWLFN
ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏŃŝŃŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŃŨƛƄƐƓƏƈ
*Example Stick Mode2
A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.)
Pitch Axis Control
Roll Axis Control
Right roll
Nose Up
The right aileron
is up.
The left aileron
is down.
Elevator stick
Aileron stick
UP
To the right
Level flight
(moved to the bottom)
Elevator is
up.
Level flight
Neutral
Neutral
Elevator is
down.
Left roll
The left aileron
is up.
The right
aileron is
down.
Aileron stick
Elevator stick
Nose Down
DOWN
To the left
(moved to the top)
Yaw Axis Control
Throttle Control
High throttle
Nose Right
Throttle stick
Rudder stick
HIGHT
To the right
A rudder is
right.
(moved to the top)
Middle
Throttle stick
Neutral
Straight
Nose Left
A rudder is
left.
Rudder stick
To the left
MIDDLE
(neutral)
Low throttle
Throttle stick
SLOW
(moved to the bottom)
< Before Use > 25
ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏŃŝŃūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŃŨƛƄƐƓƏƈ
*Example Stick Mode2
A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.)
Pitch Axis Control
Roll Axis Control
Right roll
Nose Up
Elevator stick
Aileron stick
UP
To the right
(moved to the bottom)
Level flight
Level flight
Neutral
Neutral
Aileron stick
Elevator stick
Left roll
Nose Down
To the left
Nose Right
DOWN
(moved to the top)
Yaw Axis Control
Throttle /Pitch Control
Rudder stick
Throttle stick
Rise
HIGHT
To the right
Pitch Up
High
(moved to the top)
Hovering
Throttle stick
Neutral
MIDDLE
Middle
Straight
(neutral)
Descent
Pitch Down
Rudder stick
Nose Left
26 < Before Use >
Throttle stick
To the left
Slow
SLOW
(moved to the bottom)
ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏŃŝŃŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŃŨƛƄƐƓƏƈ
*Example Stick Mode2
A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.)
Pitch Axis Control
Roll Axis Control
Right roll
Nose Up
Right slide
Elevator stick
Aileron stick
Hovering
Level flight
UP
Back slide
To the right
(moved to the bottom)
Hovering
Level flight
Neutral
Neutral
Left roll
Nose Down
Left slide
Aileron stick
Front slide
Elevator stick
DOWN
To the left
(moved to the top)
Throttle Control
Yaw Axis Control
Nose Right
Rudder stick
Throttle stick
Rise
HIGH
To the right
(moved to the top)
Hovering
Hovering
Level flight
Throttle stick
Neutral
MIDDLE
(neutral)
Descent
Throttle stick
Rudder stick
Nose Left
To the left
Stop
SLOW
(moved to the bottom)
< Before Use > 27
ŶƗƌƆƎŃŤƇƍƘƖƗƐƈƑƗŃ
ŤƇƍƘƖƗƐƈƑƗŃƒƉŃƗƋƈŃƖƗƌƆƎŃƏƈƙƈƕŃ
ƏƈƑƊƗƋ
<RXFDQDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIVWLFNOHYHUVDV\RX
OLNH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIWKH
VWLFNVLQOLQHZLWK\RXUKDQGVL]H
Lever head
A
Lever head
B
Side cover
+ROG WKH OHYHU KHDG % DQG WXUQ WKH OHYHU
head "A" counter-clockwise. The lock will be
released.
2. Turn the lever-head "A" clockwise as you hold
WKHOHYHUKHDG%DIWHUSODFLQJLWDV\RXOLNH
3. Using your hand remove the transmitter's rear
rubber grips.
*It is difficult to remove rear grips from the central
site of a transmitter.
Therefore, remove from the outside of rear grips.
ŤƇƍƘƖƗƐƈƑƗŃƒƉŃƖƗƌƆƎŃƏƈƙƈƕŃ
ƗƈƑƖƌƒƑ
It removes
from here
You can adjust how quickly the
stick returns to neutral.
Rear Grip
Rear Grip
4. Use a 1.5mm hexagonal wrench to adjust
the spring strength as you prefer by turning
the adjusting screw of the stick you want to
adjust.
7XUQLQJWKHVFUHZFORFNZLVHLQFUHDVHVWKHWHQVLRQ
The tension of the self-return type stick lever can
EHDGMXVWHG
1. First, remove the battery cover on the
bottom of the transmitter. Next, unplug the
battery wire and remove the battery from
the transmitter.
2. Next, using a hand, remove the transmitter's
side cover (rubber). When using Mode 2, you
will need to remove the side cover to expose
the tension screw.
28 < Before Use >
CAUTION: Loosening the screw too much
can interfere with the internal stick operation.
1.5mm hexagonal wrench
•Stick Tension (J4)
(Mode 1/2)
Turn screw counter-clockwise.
Turn screw clockwise.
•Stick Tension (J1)
(Mode 1/2)
Stick tension minimum
Stick tension maximum
•Stick Tension (J3)
(Mode 1)
5. At the end of adjustment, re-install the side
cover and rear grips.
•Stick Tension (J2)
(Mode 2)
ŶŧŃŦƄƕƇŃŋƖƈƆƘƕƈŃƇƌƊƌƗƄƏŃƐƈƐƒƕƜŃƆƄƕƇŌŃŋƑƒƗŃƌƑƆƏƘƇƈƇŌ
The T16SZ transmitter model data can be stored by using any commonly found SD card. When
76=WUDQVPLWWHUXSGDWHVRIWZDUHLVUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHLVXSGDWHGXVLQJDQ6'FDUG7KH76=LV
capable of using SD and SDHC cards (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB).
ŶŧŃƆƄƕƇŃƕƈƄƇƈƕŒƚƕƌƗƈƕ
ŶƗƒƕƈƇŃƇƄƗƄ
Saving model data and update files (released
from Futaba) into the SD card, you can use those
ILOHV RQ \RXU76= WUDQVPLWWHU (TXLSPHQW IRU
UHDGLQJDQGZULWLQJ6'FDUGVLVDYDLODEOHDWPRVW
electronics stores.
When you have a problem of saving or reading
GDWDDIWHUDORQJSHULRGRIXVHSOHDVHJHWDQHZ6'
card.
*We are not responsible for, and offer no compensation for,
memory card data that fails or is damaged for any reason.
Be sure to keep a backup of all important data stored in your
SD card.
< Before Use > 29
ŬƑƖƈƕƗƌƑƊŒƕƈƐƒƙƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃŶŧŃƆƄƕƇ
③ When the SD card
is pressed in once
again, the card will
be released from the
card slot and can be
removed.
① The side battery cover
is removable.
CAUTION
Be sure to turn off the power to
the transmitter before inserting or
removing the SD card.
Battery cover
As the SD card is a precision device, do
not use excessive force when inserting.
-When an SD card is installed in the T16SZ
transmitter, a folder called "Futaba" is creDWHG)ROGHUVFDOOHG/2*DQG02'(/
DUH FUHDWHG LQ WKLV IROGHU 7KH 02'(/
IROGHUVWRUHVWKHPRGHOGDWDDQGWKH/2*
folder stores the telemetry log data.
SD card slot
SD card slot
②The SD card slot is
shown here in the
th
he
figure below.
w.
*Pay attention to
o the
the proper
p op
pr
oper
er orientation
ori
rien
ienta
tati
tion
ti
on of
of
the SD card, as shown
here.
h
h
30 < Before Use >
-The telemetry log data recorded on the SD
card can be converted to CSV format by
the telemeter log converter released on our
home page. When copying or moving a log
¿OHDOZD\VVHOHFWERWK)/,DQG)/'¿OH
ŦƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŒųƏƘƊ
ŶőťŸŶŃƆƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŃŋŶőŬŒũŌ
When using an S.BUS servo and telemetry
sensor, connect them both here.
ŨƄƕƓƋƒƑƈŃƓƏƘƊ
Earphone
Plug
Connecting a stereo headphone to this plug, the
speech information of telemetry can be heard.
Charge
Plug
ŦƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŃƉƒƕŃƅƄƗƗƈƕƜŃƆƋƄƕƊƈƕ
This is the connector for charging the NiMH
battery HT5F1800B that is installed in the
transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except
the attached special charger corresponding to
NiMH battery.
WARNING
Do not connect any other chargers
except the special charger to this
charging connector.
Rubber cover
Trainer
Connector
S.BUS (S.I/F)
Connector
ŦƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŃƉƒƕŃƗƕƄƌƑƈƕŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑ
When you use the trainer function, connect the
RSWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOHEHWZHHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVIRU
teacher and student.
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen in the System menu.
< Before Use > 31
ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃƑƒƐƈƑƆƏƄƗƘƕƈ
Before using the receiver, be sure to read the
SUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQWKHIROORZLQJSDJHV
ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃŵŚœœśŶť
DANGER
Don't attach a connector as shown in
the preceding illustration.
*It will short-circuit if connected in this way. A
short circuit across the battery terminals may
cause abnormal heating, fire and burns.
WARNING
S.BUS2 connectors
Don't connect an S.BUS servo / gyro
to S.BUS2 connector.
Connector
"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1
through 6
%RXWSXWVRIFKDQQHOVDQGSRZHU
"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.
[S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro ]
*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you have to set
&+02'(RIWKHIROORZLQJSDJHWRPRGH%RU
mode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
[S.BUS2 Servo S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry Sensor ]
*When using 9 or more channels, use an S.BUS
IXQFWLRQ RU XVH D VHFRQG 56% DQG OLQN
both to your transmitter.
&*< 6%86 *\UR VKRXOG 127 EH
connected to the S.BUS2 ports on any receiver.
Connector insertion
LED Monitor
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
the receiver.
Link/Mode Switch
8VH WKH VPDOO SODVWLF VFUHZ GULYHU WKDW ZDV
LQFOXGHGZLWK\RXUUHFHLYHU
7KH/LQN0RGH6ZLWFKLVDOVRXVHGIRUWKH&+
mode selection.
+
Firmly insert the connector in the direction
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ
it 90 degrees.
DANGER
5HFHLYHU
Do not connect either a switch
or battery in this manner.
32 < Before Use >
−
Extra Voltage Connector
8VH WKLV FRQQHFWRU ZKHQ XVLQJ D YROWDJH
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0
a9IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
<RXZLOOQHHGWRSXUFKDVHWKHRSWLRQDO([WHUQDO
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH&$59,1)870
<RX FDQ WKHQ PDNH D FDEOH ZLWK DQ H[WUD
FRQQHFWRUWRWKH([WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRU
DANGER
Don't touch wiring.
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.
Do not short-circuit the battery
terminals.
* A short circuit across the battery terminals may
cause abnormal heating, fire and burns.
Please double check your polarity
( + and − ) when hooking up your
connectors.
* If + and − of wiring are mistaken, it will damage,
ignite and explode.
>+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH@
1. Press and hold down the Link/Mode button
RQWKH56%UHFHLYHU
2. Turn the receiver on while holding down
the Link/Mode button. When the LED
begins to blink green/red the button may
be released.
3. The LED should now be blinking red in one
of the patterns described by the chart
below.
4. Each press of the Mode/Link button
advances the receiver to the next mode.
5. When you reach the mode that you wish
to operate in, press and hold the Mode/
Link button for more than 2 seconds.
6. Once locked into the correct mode the
LED will change to a solid color.
7. Please cycle the receiver(s) power off and
back on again after changing the Channel
Mode.
Don't connect to Extra Voltage before
turning on a receiver power supply.
ŵŚœœśŶť ŦūŃŰƒƇƈ
7KH 56% UHFHLYHU LV D YHU\ YHUVDWLOH
XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be
FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I
you only desire to use it as an 8 channel receiver
ZLWKRXW 6%86 LW FDQ EH XVHG ZLWKRXW DQ\
setting changes.
7KH 76= KDV WKH DELOLW\ WR OLQN WR WZR
56% UHFHLYHUV 2QH RI WKHP RXWSXWWLQJ
channels 1-8 and the other outputting channels
JLYHV\RX3:0FKDQQHOV,QVWUXFWLRQV
for this configuration and S.BUS operation
IROORZ
R7008SB CH MODE TABLE
Receiver
connector
Setting channel
Mode A
1-8CH
Mode B
1-7CH
Mode C
9-16CH
Mode D
9-15CH
1
1
1
9
9
2
2
2
10
10
3
3
3
11
11
4
4
4
12
12
5
5
5
13
13
6
6
6
14
14
7/B
7
7
15
15
8/SB
8
S.BUS
16
S.BUS
Red LED blink
1 time
2 times
3 times
4 times
Default
< Before Use > 33
ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŊƖŃŤƑƗƈƑƑƄŃŬƑƖƗƄƏƏƄƗƌƒƑ
7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHSWLRQDQGSURPRWHVDIHPRGHOLQJ
)XWDEDKDVDGRSWHGDGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQDV\VWHP7KLVDOORZVWKHUHFHLYHUWRREWDLQ5)VLJQDOVRQERWK
DQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.
Antenna
Coaxial cable
R7008SB Receiver
To obtain the best results of the diversity
I X Q F W L R Q S O H D V H U H I H U W R W K H I R O O R Z L Q J
instructions:
1. The two antennas must be kept as straight
as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the
effective range.
2. The two antennas should be placed at 90
degrees to each other.
Antenna
This is not a critical figure, but the most
important thing is to keep the antennas
away from each other as much as possible.
Larger models can have large metal
objects that can weaken the RF signal. In
this case the antennas should be placed
at both sides of the model. Then the best
5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
attitude.
3. The antennas must be kept away from
conductive materials, such as metal,
carbon and fuel tank, by at least half an
inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does
not need to follow these guidelines, but do
not bend it in a tight radius.
4. Keep the antennas away from the motor,
ESC, and other noise sources as much as
possible.
Antenna
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDWGHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU
7KHLOOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG
5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
VKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ
PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH
EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU
\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH
34 < Before Use >
ŰƒƘƑƗƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃŶƈƕƙƒŃ
Wood screw
2.3-2.6mm nut
washer
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Servo mount
Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw
(Airplane/Glider)
(Helicopter)
ŶƄƉƈƗƜŃƓƕƈƆƄƘƗƌƒƑƖŃƚƋƈƑŃ
ƜƒƘŃƌƑƖƗƄƏƏŃƕƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃƄƑƇŃ
ƖƈƕƙƒƖő
WARNING
Connecting connectors
Be sure to insert the connector until it
stops at the deepest point.
How to protect the receiver from vibration
and water
ŶƈƕƙƒŃƏƈƄƇŃƚƌƕƈƖŃ
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
broken by vibration during flight, provide a
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
points. Periodically check the cable during daily
maintenance.
Wrap the receiver with something
soft such as foam rubber to avoid
vibration. If there is a chance of
getting wet, put the receiver in a
waterproof bag or balloon.
Receiver's antenna
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do
not bind the receiver's antenna with
the cables for servos.
Margin in the lead wire.
Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet so
that the lead wire is neat
and secure.
ŰƒƘƑƗƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋŃ
:KHQ PRXQWLQJ D SRZHU VZLWFK WR DQ
airframe, make a rectangular hole that is a little
ODUJHU WKDQ WKH WRWDO VWURNH RI WKH VZLWFK VR
WKDW \RX FDQ WXUQ WKH VZLWFK 212)) ZLWKRXW
binding.
$YRLG PRXQWLQJ WKH VZLWFK ZKHUH LW FDQ EH
FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV
UHFRPPHQGHGWRPRXQWWKHSRZHUVZLWFKRQWKH
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU
Attached screw
Less than 5 mm of
mounting plate
Switch cover
Switch
Locate the receiver's antenna as far as
possible from metals or carbon fiber
components such as frames, cables,
etc.
*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will
reduce the radio reception sensitivity and range,
and may cause a crash.
Servo throw
Adjust your system so that pushrods
will not bind or sag when operating
the servos to the full extent.
*If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, the servo could be damaged due to force on
the gear train and/or power consumption causing
rapid battery drain.
Mounting servos
Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as
rubber grommet) under a servo when
mounting the servo on a servo mount.
And be sure that the servo cases do
not touch directly to the metal parts
such as servo mount.
*If the servo case contacts the airframe directly,
vibration will travel to and possibly damage the
servo.
< Before Use > 35
ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃŬƑƖƗƄƏƏƄƗƌƒƑ
7KLVVHWXVHVWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KHZLULQJLVDVVLPSOL¿HGDQGFOHDQPRXQWLQJDVSRVVLEOH
HYHQZLWKPRGHOVWKDWXVHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRV,QDGGLWLRQWKHZLQJVFDQEHTXLFNO\LQVWDOOHGWRWKH
IXVHODJHZLWKRXWDQ\HUURQHRXVZLULQJE\WKHXVHRIRQO\RQHVLPSOHZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJH
number of servos used.
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\
Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHVVHWWDEOHZLWKWKH76=
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPUHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHGFDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS Glider usage example
Receiver: R7008SB
Servo: S3174SV×9 ( Optional )
HUB×4 ( Optional )
Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )
Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )
S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example
Switch
Receiver: R7008SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )
HUB×3 ( Optional )
Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )
Elevator servo: BLS173SV×2 ( Optional )
36 < Before Use >
ŶőťŸŶŃźƌƕƌƑƊŃƈƛƄƐƓƏƈ
*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you must set
the receiver to Mode B or Mode D. See ●S.BUS Servo
R7008SB CH MODE TABLE. Page 33
Since the channel number is memorized by the S.BUS itself, any
connector can be used. When the SBD-1, SBD-2 (sold separately)
is used, ordinary servos can be used with the S.BUS system.
Receiver
*SBD-1 S.BUS Decoders cannot be used by S.BUS2 port.
Optional Parts
●6-Terminal box
(TB16PP)
Six connectors can be
inserted
%DWWHU\
6%86
3RUW
6%
+XE
‫ق‬$QRWKHU
SRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬
6ZLWFK
7HUPLQDOER[
6%86
([WHQVLRQ
&DEOH
6ZLWFK
+XE
+XE
●Hub(Another power
supply)
Used when using a
separate power supply
battery.
Orange
%DWWHU\
●Hub
Three connectors can be
inserted.
Green
6%866HUYR
6%866HUYR
●When separate power supply used
WARNING
When a large number of servos are used or when high
current servos are used, the servos can be driven by a
separate power supply by using a separate Power
Supply 3-way hub with orange connector.
Power supply
Please make sure that you use a battery that can deliver enough capacity for
the number and kind of servos used. Alkaline batteries cannot be used.
S.BUS Gyro CGY750
Connection example
&+
(OHYDWRU
6ZLWFK
*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you
must set the receiver to Mode B
or Mode D. See R7008SB CH
MODE TABLE.
Receiver
&+
$LOHURQ
%DWWHU\
6%863RUW
6%
&+
7KURWWOH
&+
5XGGHU
&*<
*\UR
&+
3LWFK
< Before Use > 37
ŶőťŸŶŕŃŶƜƖƗƈƐ
When using the S.BUS2 port, an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized.
S.BUS2 TABLE
Receiver port
S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro
S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro
Telemetry sensor
S.BUS
○
○
×
S.BUS2
× (※)
○
○
(※)Don't connect S.BUS Servo, S.BUS
Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.
S.BUS servos and gyros and S.BUS2 servos and gyros must be used in the
correct receiver ports. Please refer to the instruction manual to make sure
you connect to the correct one.
&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@
6%86
3RUW
6%
6%86
3RUW
+XE
+XE
6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
38 < Before Use >
+XE
+XE
6%866HUYR
7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
6%86
*<52
ٔ
5XGGHU6HUYR
ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃƇƈƙƌƆƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T16SZ. Channel setting and
other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.
76=
&RQQHFWWKH6%86GHYLFHDQGEDWWHU\\RX
ZDQWWRVHWZLWKDZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
2. Turn on the transmitter power.
3. Call the setup screen.
Servo: System Menu ĺ6%86VHUYR
Sensor: Linkage Menu ĺ Sensor
4. Perform setting in accordance with each
screen.
5. This sets the channel and other data for each
6%86 VHUYR RU WHOHPHWU\ GHYLFH WR EH XVHG
ZLWKWKH6%86GHYLFHRUUHFHLYHU
:D\KXE
RU<KDUQHVVHV
5HFHLYHU
%DWWHU\
6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86VHUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
WARNING
Do not disconnect or turn transmitter power OFF
while S.BUS servo and telemetry sensor data is
being saved.
■ S.BUS servo and sensor save data will be lost,
resulting in malfunction.
< Before Use > 39
BASIC OPERATION
ūƒƐƈŃƖƆƕƈƈƑ
This is the Home screen and descriptions of its menus. Use your finger to operate the touch
screen.
Battery voltage for receivers
Condition name
Battery Indicator
• In FASSTest/T-FHSS mode, it is
displayed. Receiver voltage
and Ext voltage display
• The condition name
that is currently used
is displayed here.
• When the battery voltage
reaches 5.8V, the alarm will
beep. Land your aircraft
immediately.
→ (Menu)
• Model
Tap the button to call Model
Menu screen.
System mode
• System(FASSTest18CH etc.)
mode is displayed here.
The reception of the signal from the
receiver to the transmitter is shown.
RF Indicator
Model Name
‡7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKW
Timer1, Timer2
• Timer is displayed here.
Tap the time button to start/stop the
timer. (When the screen is tapped for
1 second, timer is reset to the initial
value.)
User's name
• The model name that
is currently used is
displayed here.
→ (Menu)
• System
• Linkage
• Model select
Tap the button to call each Menu
screen.
System timer
• This shows the accumulated time
since the latest reset. (Each model /
Total)
(Hour):(Minute):(Second)
Digital trim (T1 to T4)
• Trim position is displayed
here.
WARNING
Be sure to confirm the model name before flying your aircraft.
Check the battery voltage as often as possible and try to charge the battery earlier.
If the battery alarm makes a sound, land your aircraft immediately.
*You can adjust the LCD contrast by the display setting in the system menu.
40 < Basic Operation >
ŃůƌƑƎŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈŃŋŷŔřŶŽŒŵŚœœśŶťŌ
Each transmitter has an individually assigned, unique ID code. In order to start operation, the receiver
must be linked with the ID code of the transmitter to which it is being paired. Once the link is made,
the ID code is stored in the receiver and no further linking is necessary unless the receiver is to be used
with another transmitter. When you purchase additional R7008SB receivers, this procedure is necessary;
otherwise the receiver will not work.
ůƌƑƎŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ
1. Place the transmitter and the receiver close
to each other within half (0.5m) meter.
6.[Link] is tapped. The transmitter will emit a
chime as it starts the linking process.
Less than 0.5 m
2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Select [System type] at the Linkage menu
and access the setup screen shown below
by tapping the screen.
7. When the transmitter starts to chime, power
on the receiver. The receiver should link to
the transmitter within about 1 second.
4. When you use two receivers on one model,
you must change from [Single] to [Dual].
*Only two receivers can be used. In
"Dual", two setting items come out. Input,
respectively.
ID of a primary
receiver displays.
ID of a secondary
receiver displays.
In "Link" Mode
Receiver ON
In Dual, a primary receiver (Rx1) is
linked first. Next, a secondary (Rx2)
receiver is linked.
5. Battery fail-safe voltage can be changed
from the initial value of 3.8V here.
* Only in FASSTest/T-FHSS Mode.
8. If linking fails, an error message is displayed.
Bring the transmitter closer to the receiver
and repeat the procedure above from Step 2.
< Basic Operation > 41
9. ACT will be chosen if telemetry is used.
It is INH when not using it.
setup a "Rx1" and "Rx2" in the "dual" mode.
*Telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd
receiver. → FASSTest18CH
*Telemetry function cannot be used for the dual
receiver. → T-FHSS, FASSTest12CH
*You must link one receiver at a time. If both
power supplies to the receivers are switched on
simultaneously, data is received incorrectly by
the transmitter.
*You cannot link three receivers.
10. When a telemetry function is enabled,
the receiving interval (down-link interval)
of sensor data can be changed. If a D/
L interval is increased, the response of the
sensor data display becomes slower, but
stick response will improve.
Initial value: 1.0s
Adjustment range: 0.1s~2.0s
*Link is required when a system type is
changed.
*Linking is required whenever a new model is
made.
WARNING
After the linking is done, please cycle
receiver power and check that the
receiver to be linked is really under the
control of the transmitter.
Do not perform the linking procedure
with motor's main wire connected or
with the engine operating as it may
result in serious injury.
*If there are many FASSTest (T-FHSS) systems
turned on around your receiver, it might not
link to your transmitter. In this case, even if the
receiver's LED stays solid green, unfortunately
the receiver might have established a link
to one of other transmitters. This is very
dangerous if you do not notice this situation.
In order to avoid the problem, we strongly
recommend you to double check whether
your receiver is really under control by your
transmitter by giving the stick input and then
checking the servo response.
ŤƉƗƈƕŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
*Do not perform the linking operation when
the drive motor is connected or the engine is
running.
*When you use two receivers, please be sure to
42 < Basic Operation >
After setting, press a HOME/EXIT button
ŬƉŃƗƋƈŃƕƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŊƖŃƙƒƏƗƄƊƈŃƇƒƈƖŃƑƒƗŃƇƌƖƓƏƄƜŃƒƑŃƗƋƈŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃŃŃŃŃ
◆ When the receiver has the transmitter's ID in memory, a link is established and normal
operation is allowed.
◆ When the transmitter has the receiver's ID in memory, a link is established and
telemetry functions are usable.
The transmitter stores receiver IDs by model; thus, if it does not have a particular
receiver model ID stored in memory or has a different receiver ID stored, telemetry
functions will be unusable. However, the device is operable as long as the receiver has
the transmitter's ID stored in memory.
Link of model 1
Model 1 → Model 2
Model 1: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1
Model 2: Receiver ID: ---------
Device is operable if receiver
has transmitter's ID stored in
memory
Model 3: Receiver ID: ---------
Link
Tx ID: xxxxxx2
Rx ID: xxxxxx1
Telemetry functions unusable because
Model 2 does not have receiver's ID
stored in memory.
Transmitter switched to Model 2 and
link reestablished
Operable
Model 1: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1
Tx ID: xxxxxx2
stored
Tx ID: xxxxxx2
stored
Link
Model 2: Receiver ID: --------Model 3: Receiver ID: ---------
Rx ID: xxxxxx1
Telemetry usable
Model 1: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1
Model 2: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1
Model 3: Receiver ID: ---------
Receiver ID: xxxxxx1
stored for Model 1
Because receiver IDs will be stored
in the memory of each transmitter
model, it is unnecessary to
reestablish a link once the receiver
ID has been stored in memory for
a given model.
Telemetry usable
Rx ID: xxxxxx1
When setting up a new model, before using it, first
establish a link with the receiver that will be used
with it.
< Basic Operation > 43
ŵƄƑƊƈŃŷƈƖƗƌƑƊŃżƒƘƕŃŵŒŦŃŶƜƖƗƈƐŃ
,WLVH[WUHPHO\LPSRUWDQWWRUDQJHFKHFN\RXUPRGHOVSULRUWRHDFKÀ\LQJVHVVLRQ7KLVHQDEOHV\RXWRHQVXUH
WKDWHYHU\WKLQJLVIXQFWLRQLQJDVLWVKRXOGDQGWRREWDLQPD[LPXPHQMR\PHQWIURP\RXUWLPHÀ\LQJ7KH76=
transmitter incorporates a system that reduces its power output and allows you to perform such a range check.
ŵƄƑƊƈŃƆƋƈƆƎŃƐƒƇƈŃ
1. While pushing "U.MENU/MON." button.
2. THR Stick Slow.
U.MENU/MON.
3. T16SZ Power ON.
4. Select "Range check" at the System menu.
During this mode, the RF power output is reduced
so the range test can be performed. In addition, when
this mode is activated the right LED on the front of the
transmitter starts blinking and the transmitter gives users
a warning with a beeping sound.
7KH 5DQJH FKHFN PRGH FRQWLQXHV IRU VHFRQGV
and after that the power will return to the normal level.
7RH[LWWKH5DQJHFKHFNPRGHEHIRUHWKHVHFRQGV
press the "HOME/EXIT" button. NEVER start flying
when the "Range check mode" is active.
Should you require additional time to perform a range
check, highlight Restart before your time expires and tap
the screen one time.
ŵƄƑƊƈŃƆƋƈƆƎŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ
5. "Start" tap.
1. With the "Range check mode" on, walk
away from the model while simultaneously
operating the controls. Have an assistant
stand by the model to confirm that all
controls are completely and correctly
operational. You should be able to walk
approximately 30-50 paces from the model
without losing control.
2. If everything operates correctly, return to
the model. Set the transmitter in a safe, yet
accessible, location so it will be within reach
after starting the engine or motor. Be certain
the throttle stick is in the low throttle position,
then start the engine or motor. Perform
another range check with your assistant
holding the aircraft with the engine running
at various speeds. If the servos jitter or move
inadvertently, there may be a problem. We
ZRXOGVWURQJO\VXJJHVW\RXGRQRWÁ\XQWLOWKH
VRXUFHRIWKHGLIÀFXOW\KDVEHHQGHWHUPLQHG
Look for loose servo connections or binding
pushrods. Also, be certain that the battery
has been fully charged.
Range checking on
low power.
About 100 feet
6. The HOME/EXIT button is
pressed to end a range check.
WARNING
Do not fly in the range check mode.
*Since the range of the radio waves is short, if the
model is too far from the transmitter, control will
be lost and the model will crash.
44 < Basic Operation >
Range check mode
MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŃƅƄƖƌƆŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ
ŔőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƄƇƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƄƑƇŃƆƄƏƏ
Initial setting assigns 1 model to the T16SZ
transmitter. The Model Select function is used to add
models and to select models which are already set.
The data for up to 30 models can be saved to the
transmitter. Data can also be saved to the optional SD
card.
ŏ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW
the direction with the Reverse function of the
Linkage menu.
The currently selected model name is displayed at the
WRSRIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJDQ\
VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH
ŕőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƗƜƓƈŃƖƈƏƈƆƗƌƒƑŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃ
Select the model type matched to the aircraft with the
Model type select function of the Linkage menu. For an
airplane, select the model type from among the 2 types:
airplane and glider. After the wing type is selected the
tail type select screen is displayed. Select the tail type
matched to the aircraft.
There are 13 wing types and 3 tail types for airplane
and glider.
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDQGFRQWUROVXUIDFH
angle with the linkage, and fine tune them
with the Sub trim and End point functions
DQJOH DGMXVWPHQW 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH
a limit position can also be set with the End
point function. The End point function can
DGMXVWWKHDPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIWULJKW
movement, limit, and servo speed of each
channel.
ŖőŃũƘƖƈƏƄƊƈŃƏƌƑƎƄƊƈ
Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder, etc.
in accordance with the model's instruction manual. For
a description of the connection method, see the "Servos
connection by model type".
Note: The channel assignment of the T16SZ is
different from that of our existing systems. Note
that even for the same "airplane model", when the
wing type and tail type are different, the channel
assignment may be different. (The channel assigned
to each function can be checked at the "Function"
of the Linkage menu.)
ŗőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƆƘƗŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a
switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Set throttle cut with the Throttle cut function of the
Linkage menu. After activating the throttle cut function
and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle position so
that the carburetor becomes fully closed. For safety, the
throttle cut function operates the throttle stick in the 1/3
or less (slow side) position.
< Model Basic Setting Procedure > 45
ŚőŃŤƌƕƅƕƄƎƈ
This function is used when an air brake is necessary
when taking off or diving, etc.
7KHSUHVHWHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS
offset amount can be activated by a switch.
ŘőŃŬƇƏƈŃƇƒƚƑŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
The idling speed can be lowered with one touch by
a switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Perform this setting with the Idle down function of the
Linkage menu. After activating the Idle down function
and selecting the switch, adjust the idle down speed. For
safety, the idle down function acts only when the throttle
stick is slow side.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and flap
servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the speed of the
aileron, elevator, and flap servos can be adjusted. (In
side/Out side) A delay can be set for each condition,
and a cut switch which will turn OFF the delay can be
FKRVHQ7ULPDPRXQWVFDQEH¿QHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
You can also set the auto mode, which will link Airbrake
to a stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or dial
can also be set as the ON/OFF switch.
*While the Throttle cut function is in operation, the Idle down
function does not work.
śőŃŤƇƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƒƉŃƳƌƊƋƗŃƆƒƑƇƌƗƌƒƑƖ
řőŃŤũŵŃŋŧŒŵŌ
AFR function is used to adjust the throw and operation
curve of the stick, lever, and switch functions for each
flight condition. This is normally used after End point
KDVGH¿QHGWKHPD[LPXPWKURZGLUHFWLRQV
The Condition select function automatically allocates
the Condition 1 for each model. Condition 1 is the
default condition and is the only one active when a new
PRGHOW\SHLVGH¿QHG
,I\RXZDQWWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVSOHDVHUHIHUWRD
description of the Condition select function.
*The Condition 1 is always on, and remains on until other
conditions are activated by switches.
*When a new condition is added, the model data of the
Condition 1 is automatically copied to the new condition.
*You can set the model data of new condition in the switch
ON state. However, if the group mode (Gr) was selected in
advance, the same data will be input at all the conditions.
Select the single mode (Sngl) and adjust only the condition
you want to change. For Group/Single mode switching, refer
to the description at the back of this manual.
*The Condition delay can be programmed for each channel.
The Condition delay is used to change the servo throw
smoothly when switching conditions.
46 < Model Basic Setting Procedure >
ūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŃƅƄƖƌƆŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ
7KLVVHFWLRQRXWOLQHVH[DPSOHVRIXVHRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQVRIWKH76=$GMXVWWKHDFWXDOYDOXHVHWFWR
match the fuselage used.
ŔőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƄƇƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƄƑƇŃƆƄƏƏ
ŖőŃũƏƌƊƋƗŃƆƒƑƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƄƇƇƌƗƌƒƑ
Default setting assigns 1 model to the T16SZ. To add
new models or to call a model already set, use the Model
select function.
7KHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQLQVWDOOXSWRHLJKWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
per model.
This is convenient when calling a model after
registering the model names in advance. (The data of up
to 30 models can be saved at the transmitter. Data can
also be saved to the optional SD card.)
The currently called model is displayed at the top
of the screen. Before flying and before changing any
VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH
ŕőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƗƜƓƈŃƄƑƇŃƖƚƄƖƋŃƗƜƓƈŃƖƈƏƈƆƗƌƒƑ
If a different model type is already selected, select
helicopter with the Model type function of the Linkage
menu, and then select the swash type matched to the
helicopter.
The Condition select function automatically allocates
¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHU
(General setting)
ŏ1RUPDO
ŏ,GOHXS
ŏ,GOHXS
ŏ,GOHXS
ŏ+ROG
Note: Delete conditions you have not set
up and will not use. Otherwise you may
DFFLGHQWDOO\DFWLYDWHWKHPGXULQJÁLJKWDQG
cause a crash.
*For a description of the condition deletion, refer to the
Condition select function.
The Normal condition is always on, and remains on
until other conditions are activated by switches.
The priority is throttle hold/idle up 2/idle up 1/normal.
Throttle hold has the highest priority.
Add other conditions, as required.
The Condition delay can be programmed for each
channel. The Condition delay is used to change the servo
throw smoothly when switching conditions.
(General Àight condition setting example)
ŏ1RUPDO8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH
when switch OFF)
8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU
8VHLQžVWDOOWXUQORRSUROOLQJVWDOOWXUQDQGRWKHU
maneuvers.
*The Model type function automatically selects the
DSSURSULDWHRXWSXWFKDQQHOVFRQWUROIXQFWLRQVDQGPL[LQJ
functions for the chosen model type. Eight swash types are
available for helicopters.
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQUROOV
ŏ7KURWWOHKROG2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ
*For a description of the swash type selection, refer to the
Model type function.
< Model Basic Setting Procedure > 47
ŗőŃũƘƖƈƏƄƊƈŃƏƌƑƎƄƊƈ
Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator, pitch,
and other servos in accordance with the kit instruction
manual. For a description of the connection method, see
"Servos connection by model type".
Note: The channel assignment of the T16SZ
is different from that of our existing systems.
(The channel assigned to each function can
be checked at the Function menu of the
Linkage menu.)
ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ([FHSW+PRGH
*If any interactions are noticed, for a description of the
linkage correction function, please refer to the SWASH
function.
ŘőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŒųƌƗƆƋŃƆƘƕƙƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
This function adjusts the throttle or pitch operation
curve in relation to the movement of the throttle stick for
each condition.
ŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR LV
incorrect, use the Reverse function of the
/LQNDJH PHQX $OVR XVH WKH VZDVK $)5
IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH
Throttle curve setting example!
Call the throttle curve of each condition with the
condition select switch.
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
Normal curve creates a basic throttle curve
FHQWHUHGQHDUKRYHULQJ7KLVFXUYHLVDGMXVWHG
together with the pitch curve (Normal) so that the
HQJLQHVSHHGLVFRQVWDQWDQGXSGRZQFRQWUROLV
easiest.
ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
The low side Throttle curve creates a curve
PDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFVORRSUROO'HWF
ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR
(Gyro side function)
ŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKH
carburetor can fully close at full trim throttle
cut.
ŏ $GMXVW WKH QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DW WKH OLQNDJH
VLGHDQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQ
and End point function (rudder angle
DGMXVWPHQW 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH D OLPLW
position can also be set with the End point
function.
ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
The curve is not used when performing auto rotation
dives.
&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQRI
WKHVWLFNLVLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
<Example of pitch curve setting!
Call the pitch curve of each condition with the
condition select switch.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH1RUPDO
0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\º~6º.
Set the pitch at hovering with the stick position at
WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG
*Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve.
Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function
and hovering pitch function together.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
The idle up 1 pitch curve function creates a curve
48 < Model Basic Setting Procedure >
PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW
6HWWRºaº as standard.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
The high side pitch setting is less than idle up 1.
The standard is +8º.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH+ROG
$WDXWRURWDWLRQXVHWKHPD[LPXPSLWFKDWERWK
the high and low sides.
>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@
7KURWWOHKROGºaº
śőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƋƒƏƇŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
*If throttle hold is necessary, please refer to the Throttle hold
function.
ŜőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƆƘƗŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the engine,
by flipping a switch with the throttle stick at idle. The
action is not functional at high throttle to avoid accidental
dead sticks. The switch’s location and direction must be
chosen, as it defaults to INH.
řőŃŤũŵŃŋŧŒŵŌ
AFR (D/R) function is used to adjust the throw and
operation curve of aileron, elevator and rudder for each
condition.
)RU WKURWWOH DQG SLWFK FXUYH VHWWLQJV UHIHU WR WKH DERYH
mentioned "Throttle/Pitch curve setting"
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QGSRLQWKDVGH¿QHGWKH
PD[LPXPWKURZGLUHFWLRQV
*With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position until the
engine consistently shuts off, but throttle linkage is not binding.
ŔœőŃŶƚƄƖƋŃŰƌƛŃƆƒƕƕƈƆƗƖŃƄƌƏƈƕƒƑŏŃ
ƈƏƈƙƄƗƒƕŃƄƑƇŃƓƌƗƆƋŃƌƑƗƈƕƄƆƗƌƒƑ
7KH VZDVK PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ LV XVHG WR FRUUHFW WKH
swash plate in the aileron (Left/Right Cyclic) and
elevator (Forward/Aft Cyclic) direction corresponding to
each operation of each condition.
ŚőŃŪƜƕƒŃƖƈƑƖƌƗƌƙƌƗƜŃƄƑƇŃƐƒƇƈŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƌƑƊ
The gyro sensitivity and mode switching function is
GHGLFDWHGJ\URPL[LQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGFDQEHVHW
for each condition.
ŔŔőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƐƌƛƌƑƊŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
,I WKURWWOH PL[LQJ LV QHFHVVDU\ WR FRPSHQVDWH IRU HQJLQH
slowing caused when the swash plate operates at the same
time as ailerons or elevator, please refer to the Throttle
PL[LQJIXQFWLRQ
ŔŕőŃŲƗƋƈƕŃƖƓƈƆƌƄƏŃƐƌƛƌƑƊƖ
ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ
ŏ1RUPDO FRQGLWLRQ KRYHULQJ *\UR VHQVLWLYLW\
maximum
ŏ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7KURWWOH KROG *\UR
sensitivity minimum
ŏ+RZHYHU DW DXWR URWDWLRQ RI D WDLOGULYHQ
helicopter, this function may not have any
effect at high gyro sensitivity.
This mixing is used with engines that allow needle
FRQWUROGXULQJÁLJKWIXHODLUPL[WXUHDGMXVWPHQW
$QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW7KHQHHGOHVHUYR
ULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDWWKURWWOHVWLFNDFFHOHUDWLRQ
GHFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHDGMXVWHG
$FFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ
This mixing is dedicated governor mixing when a
JRYHUQRULVXVHG8SWRUDWHVVSHHGVFDQEH
switched for each condition.
< Model Basic Setting Procedure > 49
ŶƈƕƙƒŃƆƒƑƑƈƆƗƌƒƑŃƅƜŃƐƒƇƈƏŃƗƜƓƈ
The T16SZ transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the type selected
with the Model type function of the Linkage menu. The channel assignment (initial setting) for each model type is
shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.
*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage menu. The channel assignments can also be changed.
For more information, read the description of the Function menu.
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ
ƔNormal tail and V tail
1AIL
2AIL
2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Rudder
Throttle
Rudder
Throttle
Rudder
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Aileron2
Rudder
Aileron2
Rudder
Aileron2
5
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Aileron2 Aileron2
Gear
Flap
Gear
Aileron3
Gear
Aileron3
6
Airbrake Airbrake Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Aileron2
Flap2
Aileron2 Aileron4 Aileron2 Aileron4
7
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
Flap
Flap3
Aileron3
Flap
Aileron3
Flap
8
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX5
AUX5
Gear
AUX6
Flap2
Flap4
Aileron4
Flap2
Aileron4
Flap2
9
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX4
AUX4
AUX5
AUX5
Flap3
Motor
Flap
Motor
Flap
Flap3
10
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
AUX4
AUX4
Flap4
AUX6
Flap2
AUX6
Flap2
Flap4
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
Flap3
Motor
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
Flap4
AUX6
13
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
14
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX4
AUX4
15
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX3
Butterfly
16
AUX1
AUX1
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
Normal
Elevator 1 servo
50 < Model Basic Setting Procedure >
V-tail
T-FHSS
Aileron
FASST MULT
1
FASSTest 18CH
The output
FASSTest 12CH
CH of each
S-FHSS
system
FASST 7CH
RX
CH
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ
ƔAilevator
1AIL
2AIL
2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
5
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2
6
Airbrake Airbrake Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2
7
Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3
Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4
8
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
Gear
AUX6
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
9
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX5
AUX5
Gear
AUX6
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
10
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX4
AUX4
AUX5
AUX5
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
11
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
AUX4
AUX4
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Flap3
Flap3
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
Flap4
Flap4
13
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
Gear
AUX6
14
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
15
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX2
Butterfly
AUX2
Butterfly
AUX4
Butterfly
16
AUX1
AUX1
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
Camber Camber
Elevator 2 servo
< Model Basic Setting Procedure > 51
T-FHSS
Aileron
FASST MULT
1
FASSTest 18CH
The output
FASSTest 12CH
CH of each
S-FHSS
system
FASST 7CH
RX
CH
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ
ƔTailless wing
2AIL+1FLAP
2AIL+2FLAP
2AIL+4FLAP
4AIL+2FLAP
4AIL+4FLAP
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
5
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Aileron3
Aileron3
Aileron3
Aileron3
6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
Aileron4
Aileron4
Aileron4
Aileron4
7
AUX5
AUX5
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
8
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
Gear
AUX6
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
9
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
AUX4
Flap3
Flap3
10
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Flap4
Flap4
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX4
AUX4
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
Gear
AUX6
13
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX5
AUX5
14
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX3
Butterfly
15
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
16
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
Flying Wing
52 < Model Basic Setting Procedure >
T-FHSS
Airplane
FASST MULT
Glider
FASSTest 18CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
Airplane
The output
CH of each
system
2AIL
RX
CH
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ
ƔTailless wing :inglet 2 Rudder
2AIL+1FLAP
2AIL+2FLAP
2AIL+4FLAP
4AIL+2FLAP
4AIL+4FLAP
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
5
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Aileron3
Aileron3
Aileron3
Aileron3
6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
Aileron4
Aileron4
Aileron4
Aileron4
7
AUX5
AUX5
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
8
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
Gear
AUX6
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
Flap2
9
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
AUX5
AUX5
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Flap3
Flap3
10
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX3
AUX3
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Flap4
Flap4
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
Rudder2
Rudder2
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
AUX3
Gear
AUX6
13
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX2
AUX5
AUX5
14
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX3
Butterfly
15
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
16
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
Rudder 2 servo
* Output channels differ by each system of a table. When using a system with few channels,
there is a wing type which cannot be used. It cannot be used when there is a function
UHTXLUHGRXWRIWKHUDQJHRIWKHDUURZRID¿JXUH
< Model Basic Setting Procedure > 53
T-FHSS
Glider
FASST MULT
Airplane
FASSTest 18CH
Glider
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
Airplane
The output
CH of each
system
2AIL
RX
CH
ūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕ
1
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Throttle
4
Rudder
Rudder
5
Gyro
Gyro
6
Pitch
Pitch
7
Governor
Governor
8
Elevator2
Governor2
9
Gyro2
Gyro2
10
Gyro3
Gyro3
11
Governor2
Needle
12
Needle
AUX5
13
AUX4
X4
14
AUX3
15
AUX2
16
AUX1
DG1
SW
DG2
SW
H-4/H-4X Swash
All other
1
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Throttle
4
Elevator2
Rudder
5
Pitch
Pitch
6
Gyro
Gyro
7
Governor
Governor
8
Rudder
Governor2
9
Gyro2
Gyro2
10
Gyro3
Gyro3
DG1
SW
DG2
SW
54 < Model Basic Setting Procedure >
FASSTest 12CH
CH
T-FHSS
All other
FASST MULT
H-4/H-4X Swash
The output
CH of each
system
ƔFASSTest 12CH
CH
The output FASSTest 18CH
CH of each S-FHSS
system
FASST 7CH
ƔFASSTest 18CH / FASST MULTI / FASST 7CH / SFHSS
ŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕ
2
Elevator
3
Throttle
4
Rudder
5
Gyro
6
Gyro2
7
Gyro3
8
Camera TILT
9
Camera PAN
10
Camera REC
11
Mode
12
AUX5
13
AUX4
14
AUX3
15
AUX2
16
AUX1
DG1
SW SD
DG2
SW SA
T-FHSS
Aileron
FASST MULT
1
FASSTest 18CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
Multicopter
The output
CH of each
system
CH
< Model Basic Setting Procedure > 55
SYSTEM MENU
The System menu sets up functions of the
transmitter. This does not set up any model data.
ŏ :KHQ WKH 6\VWHP PHQX EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG
WKHPHQXVKRZQEHORZLVFDOOHGXS7DSWKH
IXQFWLRQEXWWRQWKDW\RXZDQWWRHQWHU
ŏ5HWXUQWR+RPHVFUHHQ
ŶƜƖƗƈƐŃƐƈƑƘŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ
[Display]: Display adjustment.
[Sound volume]: Adjust the volume of: Other sound, Warning, Voice
[System timer]: Resets the system timer.
[H/W setting]: Stick mode selection (Mode 1 - Mode 4 ). J1-J4 sticks correction can be performed.
[Battery]: Battery alarm voltage setting. Auto power off time setting.
[Range check]: The output of the transmitter is lowered, for Range checking.
[S.Bus servo]: S.Bus servo setting.
[Information]: Sets the User name, Language, and Unit system. Displays the program version, and SD
card information.
56 < System menu >
Display
The following LCD screen adjustments:
ŏ%DFNOLJKWLQJEULJKWQHVVDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ%DFNOLJKWLQJGHFUHDVHWLPHDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ7RXFKVFUHHQFDOLEUDWLRQ
ŏ7DSWKH>'LVSOD\@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHPPHQX
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX
Backlight max. brightness adjustment
Touch calibration
$GMXVW WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ EULJKWQHVV ZLWK WKH
YDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQV
7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHORFDWLRQRIWKH7RXFK
3DQHO 3UHVV WKH 7RXFK FDOLEUDWLRQ EXWWRQ
7KH FDOLEUDWLRQ VFUHHQ ZLOO WKHQ SRS XS
7DS WKH FHQWHU RI WKH FURVV KDLU FXUVRU RQ
WKH VFUHHQ ZLWK WKH VRIW SHQ $V VRRQ DV WKH
V\VWHP UHFRJQL]HV WKH SRVLWLRQ WKH FXUVRU
ZLOOPRYHRQWRWKHQH[WSRVLWLRQ5HSHDWWKLV
SURFHGXUHDVORQJDVWKHFXUVRUPRYHVWRQH[W
SRVLWLRQ<RXZLOOGRWKLVÀYHWLPHV&DOLEUDWLRQ
ZLOOEHFDUULHGRXWEDVHGRQWKHÀYHSRVLWLRQV
'LVDSSHDUDQFHRIWKHFURVVKDLUFXUVRUPHDQV
WKHFDOLEUDWLRQKDVEHHQFRPSOHWHG
:KHQ WKH Ÿ EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ EHFRPHV
EULJKWHU:KHQ WKH ź EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ
becomes darker.
Backlight min. brightness adjustment
$GMXVWWKHEDFNOLJKWGHFUHDVHEULJKWQHVVZLWK
WKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQV
:KHQ WKH Ÿ EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ EHFRPHV
EULJKWHU:KHQ WKH ź EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ
becomes darker.
*It cannot be made brighter than Backlighting brightness
adjustment.
*In ordinary operation, this calibration is not necessary. If
you notice the Touch Panel is not functioning correctly after
long use, we recommend that you carry out this calibration.
Backlight decrease time
<RX FDQ VHW D WLPH SHULRG WR GHFUHDVH WKH
/&'EDFNOLJKW7KLVIXQFWLRQFRXQWVWKHSHULRG
WKDWWKH7RXFK3DQHOKDVEHHQQRWRSHUDWHG
7KLVWLPHFDQEHVHWE\WHQVHFRQGVWHSV<RX
FDQ DOVR WXUQ RII WKH EDFNOLJKW GHFUHDVH LI
\RXOLNH
*The backlight consumes a large amount of power. We
recommend that you turn off the backlight by setting the
backlight power-off time to about one minute.
< System menu > 57
6RXQGYROXPHVHWWLQJ
Sound volume
This function can set the volume of "Other
sound," "Warning," and "Voice," respectively.
ŏ7DSWKH>6RXQGYROXPH@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHP
PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX
The respective volume
control
Sound volume Setting method
:KHQWKH6RXQGYROXPHER[LVWDSSHGWKH
DERYHVFUHHQZLOODSSHDU
System timer
<RX FDQ FKDQJH WKH VRXQG YROXPH E\
WDSSLQJWKH ▲▲ ▲ ▼▼ ▼ EXWWRQ
RIIRXULWHPV
*If you tap " ▲ ", the volume will increase. If you tap the
" ▼ ", the volume will decrease.
,QWHJUDWLQJWLPHUUHVHWWLQJ
This function adjusts the system timer of the
T16SZ transmitter. The system timer can also be
reset.
*The system timer is displayed on the Home screen.
ŏ7DSWKH>6\VWHPWLPHU@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHPPHQX
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX
● Total : Regardless of a
model, additional time in
case a power supply is ON
is displayed.
● Model : The additional
time when the power
supply was set to ON is
displayed for every model.
System timer reset
7KHV\VWHPWLPHUVKRZVWKHWRWDOWLPH
WKDWKDVHODSVHGVLQFHWKHODVWUHVHW
7DS7RWDORU0RGHOWRFKRRVHUHVHW
7DSWKH>6\VWHPWLPHU@EXWWRQ
7DS<HVLQWKHQH[WVFUHHQWRUHVHWWKHWLPHU
58 < System menu >
Resets the timer
if pressed.
6WLFNPRGHVHOHFWLRQDQG--VWLFNVFDOLEUDWLRQ
H/W setting
Stick mode
Mode 1-4 can be chosen.
But, it isn't changed until data is reset.
Usually, this H/W setting is unnecessary.
Please perform this calibration only if a change at
the center of a stick should arise after prolonged use.
ŏ7DSWKH>&DOLEUDWLRQ@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHP
PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
6\VWHPPHQX
To change the mode the stick ratchet
must be changed. Request that this
be done by Futaba Service. (Charged
PRGL¿FDWLRQ
RUD
AIL
RUD
AIL
ELE THR
THR ELE
MODE1
MODE2
AIL
RUD
AIL
RUD
ELE THR
THR ELE
MODE3
MODE4
How to Calibrate
7DSWKH&DOLEUDWLRQEXWWRQ
3OHDVHGRQRWSUHVVWKHVWLFNWRR¿UPO\LQDQ\GLUHFWLRQZKHQ
doing the calibration.
*Check after calibration to make sure that neutral is 0%, the
bottom right side is +100%, and the top left side is -100%.
&KRRVHWKHVWLFNWRFDOLEUDWHULJKWDQGOHIW
7KHVWLFNLVVHWDWQHXWUDODQGWKH>6HWQHXWUDO@
EXWWRQLVWDSSHG
Tapped
Full right and
full bottom
Tapped
The stick is set at
neutral
Tapped
7KHVWLFNLVKHOGDWIXOOULJKWDQGIXOOERWWRP
GLDJRQDO 7KH >6HW HQGSRLQW@ EXWWRQ LV
WDSSHG
7KH VWLFN LV KHOG DW IXOO OHIW DQG IXOO WRS
GLDJRQDO 7KH >6HW HQGSRLQW@ EXWWRQ LV
WDSSHG
Full left and
full top
< System menu > 59
/RZEDWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHVHW
Battery
Select the battery alarm voltage according to the
battery to be used.
It isn't indicated in case
of manual setting.
ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX
Battery type change :
LiFe(2cells) → NiMH(5cells)
→ Manual setting
When choosing manual
setting, the numerical
value can be input.
It's dangerous to
set it manually in
the low voltage.
Auto power off time setting
Vibrator Types
7 K L V I X Q F W L R Q S U H Y H Q W V E D W W H U \
GLVFKDUJLQJ LI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU
VXSSO\GRHVQRWHUDVH
$GMXVW WKH DXWR SRZHU RII WLPH ZLWK
WKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQV
Type 1
Type 2
*When the time the transmitter is inactive reaches
the set time, the power is turned off automatically.
This time can be set up to 1 hour in 10 minutes
increments. The auto power off function can also
be deactivated.
Type 3
*When the low battery voltage setting is changed, it is changed for
every model in the transmitter. A unique voltage cannot be set for
each model. A change in the low battery voltage setting also does
not reset other data.
*An audible alarm is sounded from 3 minutes
before auto power off. When a stick or switch is
operated, the alarm is cleared.
Range Check
%HIRUHDÁLJKWJURXQGUDQJHFKHFN
The 'range check mode' reduces the transmission
range of the radio waves to allow for a ground
range check.
*The range check mode, when activated, will continue for
60 seconds unless the user exits this mode early. When the
progress bar reaches 60 second mark, the RF transmission
automatically returns to the normal operating power.
Refer to P.44
60 < System menu >
WARNING
Do not fly in the range check
mode.
*Since the range of the radio waves is
short, if the model is too far from the
transmitter, control will be lost and the
model will crash.
S.Bus servo
6%86VHUYRVHWWLQJ
An S.BUS(2) servo can memorize the channel
and various settings you input. Servo setting can
be performed on the T16SZ screen by wiring the
VHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH
5HFHLYHU
EDWWHU\
* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions which
cannot be used. If a function cannot be used, the display
screen will change. (Only the function which can be used by
a servo is displayed.)
* After reading completion, with connection of the above
¿JXUHLIDVWLFNLVPRYHGVHUYRRSHUDWLRQFDQEHWHVWHG
ŏ&DOOWKHIROORZLQJVHWWLQJVFUHHQE\SUHVVLQJWKH
>6%866HUYR@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHPPHQX
ZD\KXERU
6%866%86
<KDUQHVVHV
6HUYR
ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX
Procedure for changing S.BUS servo setting
6HOHFW>6%XVVHUYR@RIWKH6\VWHPPHQX
:LUHWKHVHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
3UHVV >5HDG@ 7KH ,' DQG FXUUHQW VHWWLQJ RI
WKDWVHUYRDUHGLVSOD\HG
:KHQPXOWLSOHVHUYRVDUHFRQQHFWHGFKDQJH
>,1+@DWWKHULJKWVLGHRIWKH,'QXPEHURQWKH
VFUHHQWR>$&7@DQGHQWHUWKH,'RIWKHVHUYR
\RXZDQWWRVHW
6HWHDFKLWHP3OHDVHVHHWKHQH[WSDJH
3UHVV>:ULWH@7KHVHWWLQJVDUHFKDQJHG
ƔServo ID number
If you use multiple S.BUS servos, only the desired
servo in the group can be set by entering the ID of
WKDWVSHFL¿FVHUYR
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
76=
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO
< System menu > 61
S.BUS Servo Description of each parameter's function
*There are functions that can and cannot be performed according to the servo type.
• ID
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.
• Channel
Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.
• Reverse
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.
• Soft Start
Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the
first initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position.
• Stop Mode
The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds
the servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.
• Smoother
This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth
setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.
• Neutral Offset
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is
restricted on one side.
• Speed Control
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched
without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not exceed what the servo is capable of even if the servo's
operating voltage is increased.
• Dead band
The dead band angle at stopping can be specified.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small Value Setting ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal
change.
Large Value Setting ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current
consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.
• Travel Adjust
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.
• Boost
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small
travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be
immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small Value Setting ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large Value Setting ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too
large, operation will become rough.
62 < System menu >
• Boost ON/OFF
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)
ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)
• Damper
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the value
is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur,
depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even
though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a
value larger than the initial value.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small Value Setting ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large Value Setting ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like
the servo response has worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the servo
will also be shortened.
• Stretcher
The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target
position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small Value Setting ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large Value Setting ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.
• Buzzer
When a servo is powered up without a transmitter signal, a buzzer sounds.
(When transmitter signal is lost, a buzzer sounds until the servo regains the signal. This is not unusual.
The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply → The buzzer sound of about 1.25
Hz continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.
(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may
sound by incorrect recognition.)
* Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo.
Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than
needed or do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.
WARNING
While S.BUS servo writes, you aren't
supposed to remove a connection of a
servo and turn off a power supply of a
transmitter.
■Data of S.BUS servo is damaged and breaks
down.
< System menu > 63
Information
7KH SURJUDP YHUVLRQ DQG 6' FDUG VL]H DUH GLVSOD\HG 7KH 8VHU QDPH
ODQJXDJHDQG8QLWV\VWHPXVHGE\WKHV\VWHPFDQDOVREHFKDQJHG
This function registers the T16SZ user name
and the language displayed at proportional can be
changed.
The Information screen displays the T16SZ
system program version information, SD card
(memory size, card free size) information.
Telemetry numerical values can be displayed in
either metric or SAE (yard-pound) units.
*If an SD card is not inserted, no memory card information
will be displayed.
2/3 : WEB Manual QR code
3/3 : Manufacturer Information
ŏ7DSWKH>,QIRUPDWLRQ@EXWWRQDWWKH6\VWHPPHQX
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX
1/3
Telemetry Display Unit
[Metric]
Distance --- m (meter)
Speed --- km/h (kilometers per
hour)
Variometer --- m/s (meter per
second)
Temperature --- ℃ (centigrade)
[Yard]
Distance --- yard
Altitude --- feet
Speed --- mph (mile per hour)
Variometer --- fpm (ft per min)
Temperature --- ℉ (fahrenheit)
Movement of a cursor of an input box
Fix and return to an
information screen.
Back space (Input box)
Next page
(Character list 2/4 - 4/4)
An input box is reset
Input box
ŵƈƊƌƖƗƕƄƗƌƒƑŃƒƉŃƗƋƈŃƘƖƈƕŊƖŃƑƄƐƈ
T16SZ transmitter can register user's name.
How to register user's name
7XUQRQWKHSRZHURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
6HOHFWXVHU
VQDPHDQGWKHQWKHNH\ERDUG
ZLOOSRSXS
<RXFDQXVHXSWRFKDUDFWHUVDVDXVHU
V
QDPH 8VH WKH NH\ERDUG RQ WKH VFUHHQ WR
HQWHUXVHU
VQDPH
64 < System menu >
The language displayed at proportional can
be changed. The initial setting is English, but
different languages can be selected.
LINKAGE MENU
7KH/LQNDJHPHQXLVPDGHXSRIIXQFWLRQVZKLFK
SHUIRUPPRGHODGGLWLRQPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQHQG
SRLQWVHWWLQJDQGRWKHUPRGHOEDVLFVHWWLQJV
ŏ 7DS WKH >/LQNDJH PHQX@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH +RPH
VFUHHQWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ
QDPH DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKH+RPHVFUHHQ
ůƌƑƎƄƊƈŃƐƈƑƘŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ
>6HUYRPRQLWRU@'LVSOD\VWKHVHUYRWHVWDQGRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQ
>0RGHOVHOHFW@0RGHODGGLWLRQFDOOGHOHWLRQFRS\PRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ
>0RGHOW\SH@0RGHOW\SHZLQJW\SHWDLOW\SHVZDVKW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
>6HUYRUHYHUVH@6HUYRGLUHFWLRQUHYHUVDO
>(QGSRLQW@6HUYREDVLFUDWHDGMXVWPHQWDQGOLPLWVHWWLQJ
>6HUYRVSHHG@6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
>6XEWULP@$GMXVWVWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
>)XQFWLRQ@&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
>)DLOVDIH@)DLOVDIHIXQFWLRQDQGEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJ
>6\VWHPW\SH@6\VWHPPRGHVHOHFWLRQOLQNRIDWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUWHOHPHWU\PRGHVHOHFWLRQ
>7ULPVHWWLQJ@&RQWUROVWHSDPRXQWDQGPRGHVHOHFWLRQRIWKHGLJLWDOWULP
>7KURWWOHFXW@6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\
>,GOHGRZQ@/RZHUVWKHLGOHVSHHGRIWKHHQJLQH
>6ZDVKULQJ@/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQD¿[HGUDQJHKHOLFRSWHURQO\
>6ZDVK@6ZDVK$)5DQGOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSWVZDVKW\SH+
>6WLFNDODUP@&DQEHVHWVRWKDWDQDXGLEOHDODUPVRXQGVZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNUHDFKHVWKHVHWSRVLWLRQ
>7LPHU@7LPHUVHWWLQJ
>)XQFWLRQQDPH@)XQFWLRQQDPHFDQEHFKDQJHG
>6HQVRU@9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVVHWWLQJ
>7HOHPHWU\@'LVSOD\VYDULRXVGDWDVHQWIURPWKHUHFHLYHU
>7HOHVHWWLQJ@7HOHPHWU\GDWDORJ
>7UDLQHU@6WDUWVDQGVHWVWKHWUDLQHUV\VWHP
>:DUQLQJVHWWLQJ@0L[LQJWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQZDUQLQJUHVHW
>8VHUPHQXVHWWLQJ@2ULJLQDOPHQXPDNLQJ
>'DWHUHVHW@0RGHOPHPRU\VHWGDWDUHVHWE\LWHP
< Linkage menu > 65
Servo monitor
6HUYR7HVW*UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV
7KLV LV XVHG IRU WHVWLQJ VHUYR PRYHPHQW
³0RYLQJ 7HVW´ UHSHWLWLRQ PRGH DQG ³1HXWUDO
7HVW´¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGHDUHDYDLODEOH
7KH ³1HXWUDO 7HVW´ LV JRRG IRU ILQGLQJ WKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIDVHUYRKRUQ
,Q RUGHU WR SUHYHQW DQ\ SRWHQWLDO GLIILFXOWLHV
WKH VHUYR WHVW IXQFWLRQ ZLOO EH LQRSHUDEOH RU
LQDFFHVVLEOHXQGHUFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV6SHFL¿FDOO\
WKH 6HUYR 7HVW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW RSHUDWLRQDO LI WKH
7KURWWOH FXW LV 21 LQ HLWKHU DLUSODQH RU KHOLFRSWHU
PRGHV RU LI WKH7KURWWOH KROG LV 21 LQ KHOLFRSWHU
PRGH
Test mode change :
OFF → Neutral → Moving
ŏ 6HOHFW >6HUYR PRQLWRU@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
< or >
● Long press the [U.MENU/
MON.] button in the
Home screen to call the
setup screen shown.
ŏ5HWXUQWR+RPHRU
/LQNDJHPHQX
Each channel movement can be checked.
[Moving]: Mode which repeats operation of
each servo
[Neutral]: Mode which locks each servo in the
neutral position
Select the [OFF] or pushing the
HOME/EXIT button → Testing is
stopped
WARNING
Don't set a servo test mode when the
drive motor is connected and the engine
has been started.
■ Inadvertent rotation of the motor or acceleration of the
engine is extremely dangerous.
66 < Linkage menu >
Model select
7KH 0RGHO VHOHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQ SHUIRUPV PRGHO DGGLWLRQ FDOO
GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRORDGWKHVHWWLQJVRIWKH
GHVLUHGPRGHOLQWRWKH76=¶VPHPRU\
7KH VHWWLQJV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG IURP HLWKHU WKH
WUDQVPLWWHU¶V EXLOWLQ PHPRU\ RU DQ 6' FDUG
0%*% 5HPHPEHU WKDW XS WR PRGHO
PHPRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
7KHQDPHRIWKHPRGHOVWRUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
DQGWKH6'FDUGPD\EHFKDQJHG7KLVFDQEHYHU\
XVHIXOWRWHOOGLIIHUHQWPRGHOVVHWWLQJVDSDUW(DFK
PRGHOQDPHFDQEHDVORQJDVFKDUDFWHUVDQG
WKH PRGHO QDPH DOZD\V DSSHDUV LQ WKH GLVSOD\
ŏ6HOHFW>0RGHOVHOHFW@DW
WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG
FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZ
VFUHHQ
7KH &RS\ IXQFWLRQ LV XVHG WR FRS\ RQH VHW
RI PRGHO GDWD LQWR D VHFRQG PHPRU\ ZLWKLQ WKH
WUDQVPLWWHU DQG WKH 6' FDUG ,W PD\ EH XVHG IRU
JHWWLQJ D KHDGVWDUW RQ VHWWLQJ XS PRGHOV ZLWK
DOPRVWWKHVDPHVHWWLQJVRQO\GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWR
EHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKHFRPSOHWHPRGHO
IURPVFUDWFK$OVRWKLVIXQFWLRQPD\EHXVHGWR
PDNHDEDFNXSFRS\RIDPRGHOVHWXSEHIRUHDQ\
FKDQJHVDUHPDGH
● When model data on
a SD card is used, this
icon appears.
< or >
● Tap the [Model select]
button in the Home
screen to call the setup
screen shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR+RPHRU
/LQNDJHPHQX
● "Save to"
[Internal]: transmitter
memory
[SD card]: SD card
Current model is
green.
Model addition
7DSWKH>1HZ@EXWWRQ
7DS><HV@WRDGGWKHPRGHO:KHQ\RXZDQW
WRFDQFHOPRGHODGGLWLRQWDS>1R@
7KHDGGHGPRGHOLVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHPRGHOOLVW
:KHQDPRGHOLVDGGHGDUHFHLYHUOLQNLVUHTXLUHG
< Linkage menu > 67
Model call
Model deletion
7DS WKH ,QWHUQDO RU 6' FDUG 6HOHFW WKH
ORFDWLRQWRZKLFKWKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLVWREH
VDYHG
7DSWKHVHOHFWPRGHOQDPHRUWKHPRGHO\RX
ZDQWWRGHOHWHLQWKHPRGHOOLVW
(The model currently selected cannot be
deleted.)
7DSWKH>'HOHWH@EXWWRQ
Blue model would
be deleted.
7DSWKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVW
7DSWKH>6HOHFW@EXWWRQ
7DS ><HV@ :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VWRS PRGHO
GHOHWLRQWDS>1R@
7DS><HV@WRFDOOWKHPRGHO:KHQ\RXZDQW
WRFDQFHOPRGHOFDOOSUHVV>1R@
Blue model was
deleted.
68 < Linkage menu >
Model name change
Model copy
7KH PRGHO GDWD FKRVHQ DW FXUUHQW PRGHO
FDQEHFKDQJHG7KHFXUUHQWPRGHOQDPH
WDS
:KHQ >5HQDPH@ LV WDSSHG D NH\ERDUG
DSSHDUVRQWKHVFUHHQ
7KH PRGHO GDWD FKRVHQ DW FXUUHQW PRGHO
FDQ EH FRSLHG 7KH FXUUHQW PRGHO QDPH
WDS
Current model (green)
is chosen (blue).
Current model (green)
is chosen (blue).
(QWHUWKHPRGHOQDPHIURPWKLVNH\ERDUG
8SWRFKDUDFWHUVFDQEHLQSXWDWWKHPRGHOQDPH
7 D S W K H & R S \ E X W W R Q D Q G W D S W K H
GHVWLQDWLRQ EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH FRS\
VWRUDJHGHVWLQDWLRQ,QWHUQDORU6'FDUG
When you are done
renaming, tap Model name.
:KHQ >,QWHUQDO@RU >6' FDUG@ LV WDSSHG
FRS\LQJLVH[HFXWHG
Completion of rename
WARNING
Never launch the Model Selection function
while the engine is starting or the motor drive
wiring is connected.
■Careless spinning of propellers or rotors is
extremely dangerous.
WARNING
Carefully check that the aircraft to be used and
the model selected match up.
■Using a model which does not match the aircraft
runs the risk of the aircraft flying out of control
and crashing. Perform a careful operations check
prior to flight.
add new copied model
,I WKHUH LV QR PRGHO ZLWK WKH VDPH QDPH LQ WKH FRS\
GHVWLQDWLRQWKHQDPHRIWKHFRSLHGPRGHOLVVDYHG,IWKHUH
LVDPRGHORIWKHVDPHQDPHDQXPEHULVDGGHGDWWKHHQG
RIWKHPRGHOQDPHDQGWKHPRGHOLVFRSLHG<RXFDQFKDQJH
WKHQDPHODWHU
,QGLFDWLRQGDWH:KHQWKHPRGHOGDWDLVFRSLHGWKHFUHDWLRQ
GDWHIRUWKHFXUUHQWPRGHOLVUHFRUGHG
< Linkage menu > 69
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHJOLGHU
KHOLFRSWHUDQGPXOWLFRSWHU
Model type
6HYHQW\SHVRIPDLQZLQJVVL[W\SHVRIÀ\LQJ
ZLQJDQGWKUHHW\SHVRIWDLOZLQJVDUHDYDLODEOH
IRU DLUSODQHV (LJKW VZDVK W\SHV DUH DYDLODEOH
IRU KHOLFRSWHUV 6HYHQ W\SHV RI PDLQ ZLQJV DQG
WKUHHW\SHVRIWDLOZLQJVDUHDYDLODEOHIRUJOLGHUV
)XQFWLRQVDQGPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVQHFHVVDU\IRUHDFK
PRGHOW\SHDUHVHWLQDGYDQFHDWWKHIDFWRU\
1RWH7KH0RGHO7\SHIXQFWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHOHFWV
WKH DSSURSULDWH RXWSXW FKDQQHOV FRQWURO IXQFWLRQV
DQGPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVIRUWKHFKRVHQPRGHOW\SH
:KHQ WKH 0RGHO 7\SH 6HOHFWLRQ FRPPDQG LV
DFFHVVHG DOO RI WKH GDWD LQ WKH DFWLYH PHPRU\ LV
FOHDUHG%HVXUHWKDW\RXGRQ·WPLQGORVLQJWKLVGDWD
RUEDFNLWXSWRDQRWKHUPHPRU\XVLQJWKHFRS\LQJ
IXQFWLRQV
( The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
ŏ6HOHFW>0RGHOW\SH@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJH
PHQX
Model type selection
0RGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ>0RGHOLFRQ@WDS
6HW WKH 0RGHO W\SH :LQJ W\SH$LUSODQH
*OLGHU 7DLO W\SH$LUSODQH*OLGHU RU 6ZDVK
W\SH+HOLFRSWHU E\ XVLQJ WKH DSSURSULDWH
EXWWRQ
6 H W W K H W \ S H \ R X F K R R V H E \ W D S S L Q J
>(QWHU@ → ><HV@ DW WKH FRQILUPDWLRQ VFUHHQ
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO PRGHO W\SH
VHOHFWLRQWDS>1R@
ŏ :KHQ D GDWD FKDQJH ZLOO RFFXU WKH FRQILUPDWLRQ
VFUHHQRIGDWDLQLWLDOL]DWLRQPHQXZLOOEHGLVSOD\HG
$SXVKRQ>\HV@ZLOOLQLWLDOL]HGDWDDQGDOORZFKDQJHV
$SXVKRQ>QR@ZLOOVWRSGDWDFKDQJHV
2. [Yes], tap
1. [Enter], tap
70 < Linkage menu >
Set the type you
choose by tapping.
Airplane/Glider : Choose the
wing type and tail.
Helicopter : Choose the
swash type.
< Linkage menu > 71
Servo Reverse
8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHVHUYRWKURZGLUHFWLRQ
6HUYR 5HYHUVH FKDQJHV WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI DQ
LQGLYLGXDO VHUYR¶V UHVSRQVH WR D FRQWURO VWLFN
PRYHPHQW
)RU &&30 KHOLFRSWHUV EH VXUH WR UHDG WKH
VHFWLRQRQ6ZDVK$)5EHIRUHUHYHUVLQJDQ\VHUYRV
:LWK &&30 KHOLFRSWHUV DOZD\V FRPSOHWH \RXU
VHUYR UHYHUVLQJ SULRU WR DQ\ RWKHU SURJUDPPLQJ
,I\RXXVHSUHEXLOW$LUSODQH*OLGHUIXQFWLRQVWKDW
FRQWURO PXOWLSOH VHUYRV LW PD\ EH FRQIXVLQJ WR
WHOO ZKHWKHU WKH VHUYR QHHGV WR EH UHYHUVHG RU D
VHWWLQJLQWKHIXQFWLRQQHHGVWREHUHYHUVHG6HHWKH
LQVWUXFWLRQVIRUHDFKVSHFLDOL]HGIXQFWLRQIRUIXUWKHU
GHWDLOV$OZD\VFKHFNVHUYRGLUHFWLRQSULRUWRHYHU\
ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU
PRGHOPHPRU\KRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQ
WARNING
Before a flight, always check that your
model's servo operation, the direction
of control surfaces, and switch setup
are correct.
Default setting of the throttle/motor
channel is always reverse.
ŏ 7DS WKH >6HUYR UHYHUVH@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Tap the channel you
wish to reverse.
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)
Tap the Yes
→ Reverse
Servo reversing procedure
$IWHU VHWWLQJ XS D QHZ PRGHO EH VXUH WR
GHILQH DOO VSHFLDO PHQXV %H VXUH WKDW DOO VHUYRV
DUH SOXJJHG LQWR WKH SURSHU UHFHLYHU FKDQQHOV
1RZGHWHUPLQHZKHWKHU\RXQHHGWRUHYHUVHDQ\
FKDQQHOVE\PRYLQJHDFKVWLFNDQGREVHUYLQJWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRYHPHQWLQWKHPRGHO¶VFRQWUROV
72 < Linkage menu >
7DS WKH GHVLUHG FKDQQHO·V VHWWLQJ EXWWRQ WR
FKRRVHWKHSURSHUGLUHFWLRQIRUWKHVHUYR
7DS´<HVµLQWKHQH[WVFUHHQ
5HSHDWIRUHDFKVHUYRQHHGLQJUHYHUVDO
:KHQGRQHWDS´6HUYRUHYHUVHµWRUHWXUQWR
WKH/LQNDJHPHQX
End point
6HWVWKHWUDYHOOLPLWSRLQW
7KH(QGSRLQWIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHOHIWDQGULJKW
VHUYR WKURZV JHQHUDWHV GLIIHUHQWLDO WKURZV DQG
ZLOOFRUUHFWLPSURSHUOLQNDJHVHWWLQJV
30 ∼
140%
7KHWUDYHOUDWHQRUPDOIXOOVWLFNPRYHPHQWDW
KLJK UDWHV FDQ EH YDULHG IURP WR LQ
HDFKGLUHFWLRQRQFKDQQHOVWR$OVRWKHOLPLW
SRLQW KRZ IDU WKH VHUYR WUDYHOV ZKHQ D PL[ LV
LQYROYHGZKHUHVHUYRWKURZVWRSVPD\EHYDULHG
IURPWR
ŏ 7DS WKH >(QG SRLQW@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH
/LQNDJH PHQX WR FDOO WKH VHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Travel rate
30 ∼
140%
Limit point
Next page
Ch7-16
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Tap the values you
wish to adjust and
value input buttons
will appear on-screen.
Left / Top
Right / Bottom
Indicates the current
direction of the stick, etc.
(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)
Servo travel adjustment
Limit point adjustment
7DS WKH WUDYHO EXWWRQ RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX
ZDQW WR VHW 9DOXH LQSXW EXWWRQVDSSHDU RQ
WKHVFUHHQ
8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
5HSHDWWKHSURFHGXUHDERYHIRUHDFKUDWH
7DSWKHOLPLWEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW
WRVHW
8VHWKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHOLPLW
SRLQW
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW
< Linkage menu > 73
Servo speed
6HWVWKHVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR
VSHHGVHWWLQJFDQEHYDULHGIURPWRLQHDFK
FKDQQHO
7KH6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJLVXVHGWRVHWWKHVHUYR
GHOD\IRUHDFKFKDQQHOIURPFKDQQHOOWRFKDQQHO
7KHV\VWHPXVHVWKHSURJUDPPHGVSHHGGHOD\
WRVORZGRZQVHUYRSRVLWLRQFKDQJHV7KH6HUYR
ŏ 7DS WKH >6HUYR VSHHG@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
(First)0 ∼ 27(Slowly)
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Servo speed setting
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
7DS WKH VSHHG EXWWRQ RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX
ZDQWWRVHW
8VH WKH YDOXH LQSXW EXWWRQV WR DGMXVW WKH
VHUYRVSHHG
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
Sub-trim
7R FORVH WKLV VFUHHQ WDS WKH >6HUYR VSHHG@
EXWWRQ
6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
7KH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVHWWKHVHUYR
QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DQG PD\ EH XVHG WR PDNH ILQH
DGMXVWPHQWV WR WKH FRQWURO VXUIDFH DIWHU OLQNDJHV
DQGSXVKURGVDUHKRRNHGXS:KHQ\RXEHJLQWRVHW
XSDPRGHOEHVXUHWKDWWKHGLJLWDOWULPVDUHVHWWR
WKHLUFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ
ŏ7DSWKH>6XEWULP@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Subtrim adjustment
7DSWKHWULPGLVSOD\SDUWRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX
ZDQWWRDGMXVW
9DOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVDSSHDUVRQWKH6XEWULP
PHQXVFUHHQ
8VHWKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHVXE
WULP
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
6HHDERYH
5HSHDWWKLVVWHSIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
74 < Linkage menu >
Function
&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHGWRVXLW\RXUQHHGV
:KHQ\RXVHOHFWPRGHODQGZLQJVZDVKW\SHV
\RXZLOOILQGWKDWWKHRSWLPL]HGFRPELQDWLRQVRI
VHUYR RXWSXW FKDQQHOV DQG IXQFWLRQV KDYH EHHQ
DOUHDG\SUHVHW,I\RXZRXOGOLNHRQWKHIXQFWLRQ
VHWWLQJVFUHHQRIWKHOLQNDJHPHQX\RXFDQIUHHO\
FKDQJH FRPELQDWLRQV RI VHUYR RXWSXW FKDQQHOV
IXQFWLRQV DLOHURQ HOHYDWRU HWF DQG LQSXW
FRQWUROOHUVVWLFNVVZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGWULP
VZLWFKHV<RXFDQDOVRDVVLJQWKHVDPHIXQFWLRQWR
PXOWLSOHVHUYRRXWSXWFKDQQHOVVXFKDVDVVLJQLQJ
HOHYDWRUIXQFWLRQWR&+DQG&+
DG1, DG2 (switch channels)
7KHVHWZRFKDQQHOVFDQEHXVHGDVVZLWFK2Q
2IIFKDQQHOV<RXFDQIUHHO\FKDQJHFRPELQDWLRQV
EHWZHHQVHUYRRXWSXWFKDQQHOVDQGLQSXWFRQWUROOHUV
VWLFNVVZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGWULPVZLWFKHV
Channel restrictions by a System Type
)$667HVW&+&+6ZLWFK
)$667HVW&+&+6ZLWFK
)$66708/7,&+6ZLWFK
)$667&+&+
6)+66&+
7)+66&+6ZLWFK
ŏ7DSWKH>)XQFWLRQ@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Function change
Operation control change
7DSWKHIXQFWLRQEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX
ZDQWWRFKDQJHWRFDOOWKH)XQFWLRQVHOHFW
7DS WKH FRQWURO EXWWRQ RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX
ZDQW WR FKDQJH $ FRQWURO VHOHFW VFUHHQ
VWLFN VZLWFK NQRE WULP OHYHU HWF LV
GLVSOD\HG
6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH
6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO\RXZDQWWRRSHUDWH
7KHVDPHFRQWUROFDQEHDVVLJQHGWRPXOWLSOHFKDQQHOV
< Linkage menu > 75
Trim change
7DS WKH WULP EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH WULP VHWXS
VFUHHQ
H/: reverse
7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VHW DW WKH WULP
VHWXSVFUHHQ
ŏ +DUGZDUH VHWWLQJ 6HOHFWLRQ RI VZLWFK HWF
ZKLFKFRQWUROVWULP
ŏ5DWHVHWWLQJ
ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ
1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULPOLQHDURSHUDWLRQ
$7/PRGH$7/RSHUDWLRQPRGH:RUNVDWRQO\RQH
HQGRIRSHUDWLRQ5HYHUVHLVDOVRSRVVLEOH
&HQWHUPRGH0D[LPXPFKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\
FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ'RHVQRWFKDQJHDWHQGRI
WKHVWLFNPRYHPHQW
7KLVIXQFWLRQUHYHUVHVWKHRSHUDWLRQVLJQDORIWKH
VWLFNVVZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGNQREV
1RWH7KLV VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV WKH DFWXDO RSHUDWLRQ
VLJQDO EXW GRHV QRW FKDQJH WKH GLVSOD\ RI WKH
LQGLFDWRUVRQWKHGLVSOD\8VHWKH1RUPDOPRGHDV
ORQJDVWKHUHLVQRVSHFLDOUHDVRQWRXVHWKHUHYHUVH
PRGH
The Motor function is used when switching the
motor ON/OFF (mostly for motor gliders). For
most EP planes, the throttle can be left as-is when
controlling the motor by stick. This means that the
various throttle-related functions are usable via
motor control.
Tap the channel you
wish to reverse.
Tap the Yes
→ H/W reverse
76 < Linkage menu >
Fail safe
6HWV WKH VHUYRV
RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHU VLJQDOV FDQ QR
ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV
7KH)DLOVDIHIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVHWXSSRVLWLRQV
WKDW WKH VHUYRV ZLOO PRYH WR LQ WKH FDVH RI UDGLR
LQWHUIHUHQFH'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUH
ORVWDQGZKHQUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHEHFRPHVORZ
<RX PD\ VHW HLWKHU RI WZR SRVLWLRQV IRU HDFK
FKDQQHO+ROGZKHUHWKHVHUYRPDLQWDLQVLWVODVW
FRPPDQGHGSRVLWLRQRUIDLOVDIHZKHUHHDFKVHUYR
PRYHVWRDSUHGHWHUPLQHGSRVLWLRQ<RXPD\FKRRVH
HLWKHUPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
7KH 76= V\VWHP DOVR SURYLGHV \RX ZLWK
DQ DGYDQFHG EDWWHU\ PRQLWRULQJ IXQFWLRQ WKDW
ZDUQV \RX ZKHQ WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\ KDV RQO\ D
OLWWOHSRZHUUHPDLQLQJ,QWKLVFDVHHDFKVHUYRLV
PRYHGWRWKHGH¿QHGIDLOVDIHSRVLWLRQ7KHEDWWHU\
IDLOVDIHPD\EHUHOHDVHGE\RSHUDWLQJDSUHGH¿QHG
FRQWURORQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGHIDXOWLVWKURWWOHDo
not continue to fly. Land as soon as possible.
5HPHPEHU LI WKH SUHGHILQHG FRQWURO VXGGHQO\
PRYHVWRDSRVLWLRQ\RXGLGQRWFRPPDQGODQGDW
RQFHDQGFKHFN\RXUUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\
Do not continue to Ày. Land as soon as possible.
'HILQHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG
ZKHQUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHEHFRPHVORZ
WARNING
For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
■ Especially set the throttle channel fail safe function
so that the servo moves to the maximum slow side
for airplanes and to the slow side from the hovering
position for helicopters. Crashing of the model at full
high when normal radio waves cannot be received due
to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
■ If fail safe is reset by throttle stick movement, the fail
safe may be mistaken as an engine malfunction and
will be reset at low throttle and the model will continue
to fly. If you have any doubts, immediately land.
ŏ7DSWKH>)DLOVDIH@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Fail safe setting procedure
'HFLGHZKLFKFKDQQHOV\RXZDQWWRJRWRSUHVHW
SRVLWLRQV DQG ZKLFK RQHV \RX ZDQW WR PDLQWDLQ
WKHLU ODVW FRPPDQGHG SRVLWLRQ7R VHOHFW WKH IDLO
VDIHPRGH\RXZLVKWRVHWXVHWKH)6EXWWRQ7KLV
EXWWRQWRJJOHVEHWZHHQWKHWZRPRGHV+ROG)6
F/S mode setting:
7DSWKH)6EXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW
WR VHW DQG VHW WKDW FKDQQHO WR WKH >)6@
PRGH
+ROGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVWLFNFRQWUROVOLGHU
RURWKHUFRQWUROLQWKHSRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWKH
VHUYRWRPRYHWRZKHQWKHIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
LVDFWLYDWHGDQGWDSWKH)6SRVLWLRQEXWWRQ
7KDWSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HGLQSHUFHQWDJH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHWXUQWKDWFKDQQHOWRWKH+ROGPRGHWDS
WKH>)6@EXWWRQDJDLQ
Battery fail safe setting procedure
7RVHOHFWWKH%)6PRGHWDSWKH>%)6@EXWWRQ
(DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ
>2))@DQG>%)6@
B.F/S setting:
7DSWKH>%)6@EXWWRQRIWKHGHVLUHGFKDQQHO
WRVHWLWWRWKH%)6PRGH
+ROG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN 95 VOLGHU
RU RWKHU FRQWURO LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW
WKH VHUYR WR PRYH WR ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO
VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV DFWLYDWHG DQG WDS WKH )6
SRVLWLRQ EXWWRQ 7KLV SRVLWLRQ LV GLVSOD\HG LQ
SHUFHQWDJH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHWXUQWKDWFKDQQHOWR2))WDSWKH>%)6@
EXWWRQDJDLQ
Battery Fail safe release function
7KLV IXQFWLRQ UHOHDVHV WKH SUHGHILQHG FRQWURO
IURP LWV KHOG SRVLWLRQ DIWHU LQGLFDWLQJ WKDW \RXU
UHFHLYHUEDWWHU\LVORZ
(QWHU WKH FRQWURO VHWWLQJ VFUHHQ E\ WDSSLQJ
WKH%DWWHU\)6UHOHDVHEXWWRQ1RZ\RXPD\
FKRRVH ZKHWKHU PRYLQJ WKH WKURWWOH UHVHWV
WKH FRQGLWLRQ RU VHOHFW D VWLFN RU VZLWFK WR
GHDFWLYDWHLW7RVHWDGHVLUHGWKURWWOHUHOHDVH
SRVLWLRQ PRYHWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN WRWKHSRLQW
DWZKLFK\RXZLVKWKH%)6WREHUHOHDVHG
< Linkage menu > 77
6\VWHPPRGHVHWWLQJ5HFHLYHUOLQN
System type
System Type selection
Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 18CH )
7KH 76= LV IRU *+] RQO\ 7KH V\VWHP
FDQEHFKDQJHGIURPDPRQJFKRLFHV)$667HVW
&+ )$667HVW&+ )$667 08/7, )$667
&+7)+666)+66,WLV)$667HVW&+DQG
)$667HVW&+ZKLFKFDQEHFKRVHQE\56%
VHW7KHPHWKRGRIVHOHFWLRQLVRQWKHQH[WSDJH
'XDO UHFHLYHUV FDQ EH OLQNHG ZLWK WKH76=
7ZR UHFHLYHUV DUH UHFRJQL]HG LQGLYLGXDOO\ E\ ,'
QXPEHUV )RU H[DPSOH LQ 56% &+ RXWSXW
VHWWLQJIXQFWLRQLVXVHGE\VHWWLQJWKHILUVWDVDV
&+ DQG VHWWLQJ WKH VHFRQG DV &+
7ZRVHWVRIUHFHLYHUVFDQEHXVHGDVDVHWLQWKH
PRGHODOORZLQJ\RXFKDQQHOV6HSDUDWHIDLOVDIH
YROWDJHFDQEHVHWWRHDFKUHFHLYHU
+RZHYHUWHOHPHWU\FDQQRWEHXVHGIRUWKHQG
UHFHLYHU
,I\RXFKDQJHWKH6\VWHPW\SHRWKHUPRGHOGDWDLVQRWUHVHW
$IWHU DQ\ FKDQJH UHPHPEHU WR WHVW WKH PRGHO DQG IXOO\
FKHFNVHUYRGLUHFWLRQDQGPRWLRQ
$QDORJ VHUYRV FDQQRW EH XVHG ZLWK WKH 56% LQ WKH
)$667HVW&+PRGH
ŏ 6HOHFW >6\VWHP W\SH@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJH
PHQX
Telemetry function (FASSTest /TFHSS mode
only)
7RXVHWKHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQVHW³7HOHPHWU\´WR
³$&7´
Receiver linking
7KH UHFHLYHU ZLOO RQO\ EH FRQWUROOHG ZLWKRXW
EHLQJ DIIHFWHG E\ RWKHU WUDQVPLWWHUV E\ WKH
WUDQVPLWWHULWLVOLQNHGWR:KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHU
RWKHU WKDQ RQH SXUFKDVHG DV D VHW OLQNLQJ LV
QHFHVVDU\
0RUHRYHU D UHOLQN LV UHTXLUHG ZKHQ D QHZ
PRGHOLVDGGHGE\PRGHOVHOHFWLRQDQGDWWKHWLPH
RIV\VWHPW\SHFKDQJH
Linking method
P.41
&DVHVZKHQOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\
・:KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
・:KHQ WKH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ V\VWHP ZDV FKDQJHG
)$667HVW&+ ↔ )$667HVW&+HWF)
・:KHQ D QHZ PRGHO ZDV FUHDWHG E\ PRGHO
VHOHFWLRQ
78 < Linkage menu >
DL Interval (FASSTest/TFHSS mode only)
:KHQ D WHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQ LV HQDEOHG WKH
UHFHLYLQJ LQWHUYDO GRZQOLQN LQWHUYDO RI VHQVRU
GDWDFDQEHFKDQJHG
,I D '/ LQWHUYDO LV LQFUHDVHG WKH UHVSRQVH RI
WKHVHQVRUGDWDGLVSOD\EHFRPHVVORZHUEXWVWLFN
UHVSRQVHZLOOLPSURYH
Battery failsafe voltage setup (FASSTest /
TFHSS mode only)
7KHYROWDJHDWZKLFKEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHDFWLYDWHV
FDQEHVHWZKHQ\RXOLQN97KHUHFHLYHU
PHPRUL]HVWKHVHWWLQJDVLWZDVDWOLQN
6LQFH SRZHU FRQVXPSWLRQ YDULHV ZLWK EDWWHU\
W\SHVHUYRVDQGFRQGLWLRQSOHDVHVHOHFWWKHIDLO
VDIHDFWLYDWLRQYROWDJHIRU\RXURZQPRGHO
The example for choosing System Type
-Response speed has
priority over number
of channels
-Want to use a
previously used
receiver as is
-Want to use a
miniature receiver
for indoor planes
-Want to use a large
number of telemetry
functions
-Telemetry requires
only the current
receiver battery
FASST MULTI
FASSTest 12CH
R7008SB
R7003SB
R7014SB
R7018SB
R7006SB
-Want to use an
S-FHSS system
miniature receiver
FASST 7CH
-Want to use more channels
-Want to use a large number
of telemetry functions
FASSTest 18CH
-Want to use an
T-FHSS system
receiver
R7008SB
R7003SB
R7014SB
R7018SB
R7006SB
R608FS
R6008HS
R6108SB
R6208SB
R6014HS
R6014FS
R6203SB
R6203SBE
R6202SBW
R6303SB
R6303SBE
R7014SB
R7018SB
R7006SB
T-FHSS Air
R617FS
R6004FF
R616FFM
R6106HF
R6106HFC
R6203SB
R6203SBE
R6202SBW
R6303SB
R6303SBE
R7006SB
R3006SB
R3008SB
R3001SB
*R3106GF
S-FHSS
R2006GS
R2106GF
R2008SB
R2001SB
(Usable receivers)
(As of March 2017)
*Remark --- R3106GF is none telemetry
6 channels receiver. R3106GF does not
have telemetry function.
System type
■ FASSTest 18CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with the telemetry sensor unit. Up to
18 channels (linear16+ON/OFF2) can be used.
■ FASSTest 12CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with receiver voltage display. Up to 12
channels (linear10+ON/OFF2) can be used. Telemetry Sensor cannot be used, but
the response speed is faster than that of the 18CH mode.
•
Analog servos cannot be used with the R7008SB in the FASSTest 12CH mode.
■ FASST MULTI
---FASST-MULTI system receiver mode. Up to 18 channels (linear16+ON/OFF2) can
be used.
■ FASST 7CH
--- FASST-7CH system receiver mode. Up to 7 channels can be used.
■ T-FHSS Air
--- T-FHSS system receiver mode. Applicable with the telemetry sensor unit. Up to 18
channels (linear16+ON/OFF2) can be used.
■ S-FHSS
--- S-FHSS system receiver mode. Up to 8 channels can be used.
< Linkage menu > 79
Trim setting
'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJV
7KLV IXQFWLRQ DGMXVWV WKH GLJLWDO WULP
V FRQWURO
VWHSDPRXQWDQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH77
:KHQ WKH IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DUH VHW WKH WULP
RSHUDWLRQFDQEHFRXSOHGZLWKDQ\RIWKHFRQGLWLRQV
VHOHFWHGWKURXJKFRPELQDWLRQPRGH
ŏ6HOHFW>7ULPVHWWLQJ@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJH
PHQX
Control step amount setting
Separate/combination mode selection
7R VHW WKH FRQWURO VWHS DPRXQW ILUVW WDS WKH
VFUHHQWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQWE\WDSSLQJWKH
▲▲ ▲ ▼▼ ▼ EXWWRQ
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
[Comb.] &RPELQDWLRQ PRGH 7KH WULP GDWD
DUHUHÁHFWHGDWDOOWKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
[Separ.]6HSDUDWHPRGH7ULPDGMXVWPHQWIRU
HDFKÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQ WKH YDOXH LV WDSSHG WKH FRQWURO VWHS
DPRXQWLVUHVHWWRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
:KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHODUJHWKHFKDQJHSHUVWHSEHFRPHV
ODUJHU
80 < Linkage menu >
Throttle cut
6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\
7KURWWOH FXW SURYLGHV DQ HDV\ ZD\ WR VWRS WKH
HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDW
LGOH7KHDFWLRQLVQRWIXQFWLRQDODWKLJKWKURWWOHWR
DYRLGDFFLGHQWDOGHDGVWLFNV7KHVZLWFK¶VORFDWLRQ
DQGGLUHFWLRQPXVWEHFKRVHQDVLWGHIDXOWVWR −
− "
ŏ7DSWKH>7KURWWOHFXW@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Tapping this will change
INH to either OFF or ON
and activated.
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
The yellow line is the
cut position. When
the cut switch is ON,
the throttle will move
to this position.
This is the throttle cut
position. Tapping this
will display value input
buttons on-screen. Set
the engine stop position.
Tapping this will pull up the
hardware selection screen.
Select the throttle cut switch
and ON-OFF direction.
Throttle cut setting procedure
7DSWKH,1+EXWWRQ
7KURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
7DS WKH EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH +DUGZDUH
VHOHFW! VFUHHQ DQG WKHQ VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK
DQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
)RU D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG@ DW
WKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
7DS WKH FXW SRVLWLRQ EXWWRQ 9DOXH LQSXW
EXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKHVFUHHQ
8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHFXW
SRVLWLRQUDWH
This indicates the throttle stick's current
position. Throttle cut will only function
when the throttle stick is more than 1/3rd
into the slow throttle range.
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH(/2:)a(0LGGOH)
:LWKWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOHDGMXVWWKHUDWHXQWLOWKHHQJLQH
FRQVLVWHQWO\VKXWVRII
7R H[LW WKH VHWWLQJ WDS WKH >7KURWWOH FXW@
EXWWRQ
< Linkage menu > 81
/RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHG
Idle down
7KH,GOHGRZQIXQFWLRQORZHUVWKHHQJLQH
VLGOH
E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH
7KHDFWLRQLVQRWIXQFWLRQDODWKLJKWKURWWOHWRDYRLG
DFFLGHQWDOGHDGVWLFNV7KHVZLWFK¶VORFDWLRQDQG
GLUHFWLRQPXVWEHFKRVHQDVLWGHIDXOWVWR −− "
ŏ6HOHFW>,GOHGRZQ@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Tapping this will change
INH to either OFF or ON
and activated.
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
This is the idle down
throttle position. Tapping
this will display value input
buttons on-screen. Set the
engine's max. low position.
Range:
(↑)-100 ∼ +100(↓)
Pressing and holding a
value will reset it to 0.
Tapping this will pull up the
hardware selection screen.
Select the idle down switch
and ON-OFF direction.
This is the current position bar for the
throttle stick. Throttle cut will only
function when the throttle stick is more
than halfway into the low throttle range.
Idle down setting procedure
7DS WKH ,1+ EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH ,GOH
GRZQIXQFWLRQ
,GOHGRZQIXQFWLRQVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
7DS WKH EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH +DUGZDUH
VHOHFW! VFUHHQ DQG WKHQ VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK
DQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
)RU D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG@ DW
WKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ
7DS WKH RIIVHW UDWH EXWWRQ 9DOXH LQSXW
EXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKHVFUHHQ
8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHRIIVHWUDWH
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
EHFRPHVDQLGOHXS
7R H[LW WKH VHWWLQJ WDS WKH >,GOH GRZQ@
EXWWRQ
Landing
Idling, lower
Offset rate
82 < Linkage menu >
Swash ring
/LPLWVWKHVZDVKWUDYHOZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJHWRSUHYHQWOLQNDJHGDPDJH
+HOLFRSWHURQO\
7KLV IXQFWLRQ OLPLWV WKH WUDYHO RI WKH VZDVK
SODWHWRSUHYHQWOLQNDJHGDPDJHDVWKHDLOHURQDQG
HOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQLVXVHG,WLVXVHIXOIRU'KHOL
VHWWLQJ
ŏ7DSWKH>6ZDVKULQJ@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
The movement range
display shows control
input for elevator and
aileron direction.
Setting the function to
"ACT" will display the
swash ring and [Rate]
percentage.
The marker represents
the stick's position.
Swash ring setting procedure
3XVK WKH 6ZDVK ULQJ EXWWRQ RQ WKH OLQNDJH
PHQX
3XVK$&7,1+EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWH
7KHPRYHPHQWDUHDPRQLWRUVKRZVWKHFXUUHQWDLOHURQDQG
HOHYDWRUYDOXHVDQGOLPLWUDQJHVE\WKH\HOORZFLUFOH
$GMXVW WKH UDWH WR WKH PD[LPXP DPRXQW RI
VZDVKSODWHGHFOLQH
7KHVZDVKPRYHPHQWLVOLPLWHGZLWKLQWKHFLUFOH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH
< Linkage menu > 83
Swash
6ZDVKRSHUDWLRQOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW
VZDVKW\SH+
Neutral Point
Mixing Rate
$W\RXUOLQNDJHVLIWKHVHUYRKRUQGHYLDWHVIURP
D SHUSHQGLFXODU SRVLWLRQ DW QHXWUDO WKH OLQNDJH
FRPSHQVDWLRQ IXQFWLRQV LQ WKLV PHQX PD\ QRW
FRPSHQVDWH HIIHFWLYHO\ 7R FRUUHFW WKLV XVH WKH
QHXWUDOSRLQWIXQFWLRQ7KLVZLOOPRYHWKHQHXWUDO
SRLQW RI WKH VHUYRV WR WKH DFWXDO SHUSHQGLFXODU
SRVLWLRQ +RZHYHU WKLV DGMXVWPHQW FKDQJHV RQO\
WKHD[LVSRLQWRIWKHFRPSHQVDWLRQIXQFWLRQVLQWKLV
PHQXDQGGRHVQRWDIIHFWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRI
RWKHUIXQFWLRQV
7KLV FRPSHQVDWLRQ PL[LQJ LV XVHG WR FRUUHFW
WKHWHQGHQF\RIWKHVZDVKSODWHIRUHDFKFRQWURO
7KH IROORZLQJ FRPSHQVDWLRQ PL[LQJ LV SRVVLEOH
3,7WR$,/3,7WR(/($,/WR3,7(/(WR$,/
DQG(/(WR3,7+5PRGH,WDGMXVWVWKHVZDVK
SODWHWRRSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\IRUHDFKFRQWUROXVLQJWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJFRPSHQVDWLRQPL[LQJ
Swash AFR
6ZDVK$)5IXQFWLRQUHGXFHVLQFUHDVHVUHYHUVHV
WKH UDWH WUDYHO RI WKH DLOHURQ HOHYDWRU DQG
FROOHFWLYHSLWFKIXQFWLRQVE\DGMXVWLQJRUUHYHUVLQJ
WKHPRWLRQRIDOOVHUYRVLQYROYHGLQWKDWIXQFWLRQ
RQO\ZKHQXVLQJWKDWIXQFWLRQ
Linkage Compensation
7KLVFRPSHQVDWLRQPL[LQJLVXVHGWRFRUUHFWWKH
WHQGHQF\RIWKHVZDVKSODWHIRUSLWFKFRQWURODWORZ
SLWFKDQGKLJKSLWFK
Speed Compensation
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRFDQFHOWKHUHDFWLRQWKDWLV
JHQHUDWHGE\WKHGLIIHUHQFHRIWKHRSHUDWLRQDPRXQW
RIHDFKVHUYRZKHQWKHVZDVKSODWHPRYHV
ŏ 6HOHFW >6ZDVK@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO WKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
84 < Linkage menu >
Neutral point setting procedure
%HFRPHVWKHFRPSHQVDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQW
$GMXVWLQJWKHVHUYRKRUQVRWKDWWKHQHXWUDOSRLQWSRVLWLRQLV
QHDUWKHSRVLWLRQPDNHVWKHPL[LQJDPRXQWVPDOO
+ROG WKH VHUYR KRUQ DW D ULJKW DQJOH WR WKH
OLQNDJHURGDQGWKHQWDSWKH>(QWHU@EXWWRQ
DQGUHDGWKHDFWXDOQHXWUDOSRLQW
7KHQHXWUDOSRLQWLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ
$IWHU UHDGLQJ WKLV QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH RWKHU
FRPSHQVDWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WR PDNH IXUWKHU
DGMXVWPHQWV
7RH[LWWKHVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ
Swash AFR setting procedure
$GMXVW VR WKDW WKH VSHFLILHG RSHUDWLRQ
DPRXQWLVREWDLQHGE\DLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
SLWFKRSHUDWLRQ
7DS WKH EXWWRQ RI WKH $)5 UDWH WR EH
DGMXVWHG9DOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKH
VFUHHQ
8VHWKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKH$)5
UDWH
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
RUWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQFKDQJHV
7RH[LWVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ
Mixing rate setting procedure
+5LVGHVFULEHGDVDQH[DPSOH7KHPL[LQJ
DSSOLHGLQRWKHUVZDVKPRGHVLVGLIIHUHQWEXW
WKHVHWWLQJSURFHGXUHLVWKHVDPH
6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNWRWKHVHWQHXWUDOSRLQW
$GMXVW WKH OHQJWK RI WKH OLQNDJH URG VR WKDW
WKHVZDVKSODWHLVKRUL]RQWDODWWKLVSRVLWLRQ
$OLWWOHDGMXVWPHQWXVLQJVXEWULPVKRXOGEH2.
$GMXVWVRWKDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQZKHQWKHSLWFKFXUYH
LVVWUDLJKWLVPD[LPXP
$GMXVW WKH $,/!3,7 DPRXQW VR WKHUH LV QR
LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ
ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN LV PRYHG WR WKH OHIW
DQGULJKW
$GMXVWWKHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHVVHSDUDWHO\
$GMXVWWKH(/(!$,/DQG(/(!3,7DPRXQWVVR
WKHUHLVQRWLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHDLOHURQRUSLWFK
GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN LV PRYHG
XSDQGGRZQ
$GMXVWWKHXSDQGGRZQVLGHVVHSDUDWHO\
$GMXVW WKH 3,7!$,/ DQG 3,7!(/( DPRXQWV VR
WKDW WKH VZDVK SODWH LV KRUL]RQWDO ZKHQ WKH
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVVHWWRPD[LPXPVORZDQGIXOO
KLJK
$GMXVWWKHVORZDQGKLJKVLGHVVHSDUDWHO\
7RH[LWVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ
Linkage correction setting procedure
6HWWKHOLQNDJHFRPSHQVDWLRQDIWHUVHWWLQJWKHPL[LQJ
UDWH
7KLVIXQFWLRQFRPSHQVDWHVIRUHOHYDWRULQWHUIHUHQFH
E\ DLOHURQ RSHUDWLRQ RU DLOHURQ LQWHUIHUHQFH E\
HOHYDWRU RSHUDWLRQ DW /RZ SLWFK DQG +L SLWFK DW
FROOHFWLYHSLWFK+5HWFFRQWURO
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH PD[LPXP VORZ
SRVLWLRQ0RYHWKHDLOHURQVWLFNWRWKHOHIWDQG
ULJKW DQG DGMXVW WKH DLOHURQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ
DPRXQW VR WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKH HOHYDWRU
RUSLWFKGLUHFWLRQDWWKDWWLPHLVPLQLPDO
7KHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGVHSDUDWHO\
,IWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHLQFUHDVHVZKHQWKHFRPSHQVDWLRQ
DPRXQW LV LQFUHDVHG PDNH WKH FRPSHQVDWLRQ
GLUHFWLRQ
$GMXVW WKH HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
VRWKDWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHDLOHURQRUSLWFK
GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN LV PRYHG
XSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPDO
3HUIRUPDLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQ
VLPLODUO\IRUWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNIXOOKLJKVLGH
7RH[LWVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ
Speed compensation setting procedure
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW
SRVLWLRQ0RYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNTXLFNO\DQG
DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW VR
WKDWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFKGLUHFWLRQLV
PLQLPDO
7RH[LWVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ
Notes:
,I WKH OLQNDJH LV WRR ORQJ RU VKRUW FRUUHFW
FRPSHQVDWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH DSSOLHG &RUUHFW
WKLV EHIRUH FRQWLQXLQJ 7KH SLWFK DQJOH
FKDQJHV DIWHU DQ\ DGMXVWPHQW 5HVHW WKH
SLWFK DQJOH ZKHQ DFWXDOO\ IO\LQJ DIWHU
FRPSHQVDWLRQSURFHVVLQJ
< Linkage menu > 85
Stick alarm $Q DODUP VLQJOH EHHS FDQ EH VRXQGHG DW WKH
VSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQ
ŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK
Tapping this will change
INH to ON and activated.
If the throttle stick
reaches the yellow
line, an alarm will
sound.
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
This is the current
position display bar for
the throttle stick.
This is the throttle stick
alarm position. Push the
throttle stick to the desired
position and tap the value.
Range:
(Low)0 ∼ 100(High)
Tapping this will pull up the hardware selection
screen. Select the switch and ON-OFF direction if
turning the function ON-OFF by switch.
If the throttle stick
reaches the desired
position , an alarm
(single beep) will
sound.
86 < Linkage menu >
7LPHUVHWWLQJ
Timer
7KH7LPHU IXQFWLRQ PD\ EH VHW IRU
DQ\ GHVLUHG WLPH LH HQJLQH UXQ WLPH
VSHFLILHG WLPHV IRU FRPSHWLWLRQV HWF
7ZR LQGHSHQGHQW WLPHUV DUH SURYLGHG
IRU \RXU XVH 7KH WLPHUV DUH VWRUHG
LQGHSHQGHQWO\ZLWKHDFKPRGHOPHDQLQJ
WKDW ZKHQ \RX VZLWFK EHWZHHQ PRGHO
VHWXSVWKHWLPHUDVVRFLDWHGZLWKWKHQHZ
PRGHOLVEURXJKWXSDXWRPDWLFDOO\
7KHWLPHUVPD\EHVHWWRVWDUWDQGVWRS
IURPWKHPRWLRQRIDQ\VZLWFKRUVWLFN
<RXPD\VHWWKH21DQG2))GLUHFWLRQV
IUHHO\(DFKWLPHUKDVDFDSDFLW\RIXSWR
PLQXWHVVHFRQGV
(DFK WLPHU PD\ EH VHW IRU FRXQWGRZQ RU FRXQW XS
RSHUDWLRQZLWKDWDUJHWWLPH
,IDWDUJHWWLPHLVVHWDQGWKHWLPHUUHDFKHVWKHVHWWLPHD
EX]]HUVRXQGIRUHDFKFRXQWLVJHQHUDWHG
Last twenty seconds Last ten seconds Target time
Time:
Alarm :
One short
beep
Two short
Also
beeps
beep
ŏ6HOHFW>7LPHU@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Continue counting
with displaying a
minus (-) sign.
Elapsed: Minute-by-minute
alarm starting from 00:00
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Remainder : Minute-byminute alarm counting down
from a designated time
A Buzzer or Speech
can be chosen
[Inhibit] → [Type1-4] If it carries out like this,
a vibration function
will work.
OFF: Turning the power OFF and switching models will reset the timer.
ON: Previous timer is put into memory and will restart from where it stopped.
[Start/Stop] → Home screen
A timer on the home screen starts and stops its countdown
directly from there when tapped. Tapping and holding the
display will reset the timer.
Timer 1
Timer 2
Up timer/Down timer selection
Start/Stop/Reset switch setting
7DSWKHPRGHEXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHW\SHRI
WLPHU
7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ
7DS WKH 0RGH PLQXWHV RU VHFRQGV EXWWRQ
9DOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKHVFUHHQ
8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRVHWWKHWLPHUWLPH
7DS WKH 6WDUW6WRS5HVHW 6: EXWWRQ WR
FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH
VZLWFKDQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
)RU D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG@ DW
WKH EDFN RI WKLV PDQXDO 7KH WLPHU VZLWFKHV
FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
< Linkage menu > 87
Integration Timer
,17LQWHJUDWLRQ7LPHULVWKHIXQFWLRQZKLFKFKDQJHVSURJUHVVRIDWLPHUDFFRUGLQJWRWKHORFDWLRQ
RIWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN:KHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVUDLVHGIRUIDVWHUVSHHGWKHVSHHGRIWKHWLPHUXVXDOO\
LQFUHDVHV:LWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWPLGUDQJHVSHHGWKHWLPHUVSHHGGHFUHDVHVWR:KHQWKH
WKURWWOHLVSRVLWLRQHGDWORZHQGWKHWLPHU
VSURJUHVVVWRSV,W
VSRVVLEOHWRVHWLWLQWKHWLPHZKLFK
¿WVSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQRI\RXUIXVHODJH
7KH FRQVXPSWLRQ RI WKH EDWWHU\IXHO LV GLIIHUHQW GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH FRQGLWLRQV VR XVH DQ ,17 7LPHU DV
UHIHUHQFH
7KH,17LQWHJUDWLRQWLPHLVGLIIHUHQWIURPWKHDFWXDOHODSVHGWLPH
When a throttle stick is the
high side, the speed of the
timer usually increases.
High
When a throttle stick is
middle-speed, the timer
speed decreases (by 50%).
Middle
When a throttle stick is low,
timer progress stops.
Low
ŏ6HOHFW>7LPHU@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
INT Time
Nomal Timer
Tap
INT time (%)
TH% : Integration Timer
88 < Linkage menu >
Function name
)XQFWLRQQDPHFDQEHFKDQJHG
7KHQDPHRIWKHVSDUHIXQFWLRQV$X[LOLDU\
FDQEHFKDQJHGIRUWKHIXOOQDPHFKDUDFWHUVRU
IRUWKHDEEUHYLDWHGQDPHFKDUDFWHUV
ŏ 7DS WKH >)XQFWLRQ QDPH@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Function name change method
6HOHFW >)XQFWLRQ QDPH@ IURP WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXDQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ
7KH)XQFWLRQQDPHVHWXSVFUHHQLVGLVSOD\HG
:KHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ ZKRVH QDPH LV WR EH
FKDQJHG LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH VFUHHQ LV
WDSSHGDPRGLÀFDWLRQVFUHHQLVGLVSOD\HG
6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ WR EH UHQDPHG DQG
VHOHFW >5HQDPH@ DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ $
FKDUDFWHULQSXWVFUHHQLVGLVSOD\HG,QSXWWKH
IXQFWLRQQDPH
7KH IXQFWLRQ QDPH PD\ EH GLVSOD\HG LQ FKDUDFWHUV RU FKDUDFWHUV GHSHQGLQJ RQ
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ )RU FKDUDFWHU GLVSOD\
LQSXWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDVUHTXLUHG
:KHQ >5HVHW@ LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH VFUHHQ LV
KHOG GRZQ WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH LV VHW WR WKH
LQLWLDOVWDWHIXQFWLRQQDPH
< Linkage menu > 89
Telemetry system
7KLVVFUHHQGLVSOD\VDQGVHWVWKHYDULRXVLQIRUPDWLRQIURPWKHUHFHLYHU$QDODUPDQGYLEUDWLRQFDQEH
JHQHUDWHGGHSHQGLQJRQWKHLQIRUPDWLRQ)RUH[DPSOHDGURSLQWKHYROWDJHRIWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\KRXVHG
LQWKHDLUFUDIWFDQEHUHSRUWHGE\DQDODUP
● This function can only be used in the FASSTest18CH mode and T-FHSS mode. The FASST/S-FHSS mode cannot use
telemetry.
● FASSTest12CH mode. Applicable with receiver voltage display.
● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage
does not require a sensor.)
● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.
● FASSTest18CH : When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry cannot be used for the 2nd receiver.
● T-FHSS/FASSTest12CH : When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.
● If the transmitter and receiver are linked, but the receiver's ID is not recorded in the transmitter's memory, the telemetry
function cannot be used.
● Turning OFF the receiver after use will cause the telemetry data just prior to this to be displayed. (Even when the
receiver's power is turned OFF, the receiver voltage is not 0.0V.)
Viewing the receiver voltage.
Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry is
listened to, the voltage appears.
P.90
Viewing the drive battery
voltage.
CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary.
P.97
Optional telemetry sensors are necessary.
T16SZ setting is unnecessary.
P.92
Using various optional
telemetry sensors.
Using several telemetry
sensors of the same type.
Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary.
(Register is necessary.)
Setting alarms from the
telemetry information.
Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.
Viewing the telemetry data Receiver → Transmitter. The reception of the signal
from the receiver to the transmitter is shown. This
does not affect flight.
Receiver voltage and
Ext voltage display
CAUTION
Do not stare at or set the transmitter
setting screen while flying.
■ Losing sight of the aircraft during flight is very
dangerous.
■ When you want to check the information during
flight, call the telemetry screen before flight and
have the screen checked by someone other than
the operator.
90 < Linkage menu >
P.93
P.95 ∼ 112
< Home display >
Home
display
HOME/EXIT is pushed
4 of telemetry data is displayed
*Be aware that pressing and holding this activates the key lock
You can choose
which type of sensor
to display for four
displays. Tap the sensor
type.
For some sensor types,
you can choose the
display item. Tap to
select.
76=
Telemetry Schematic
Info
Signal
)XVH
Info
&$59,1
ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU
LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9
Drive battery
Receiver
%UDQFK
0RWRU
&RQWUROOHU
Drive battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.
Battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.
Info
6%86
SRUW
6ZLWFK
Info
+XE
7HUPLQDOER[
Info
+XE
7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU
Slot 1
530
6HQVRU
Slot 2
$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU
Slot 3 ∼ 5
9ROWDJH
6HQVRU
Slot 6 ∼ 7
*36
6HQVRU
Slot 8 ∼ 15
6HQVRU
Slot 16
Slot 17
6HQVRU
Info
+XE
Slot 31
< Linkage menu > 91
9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVVHWWLQJ
Sensor
7KLVVFUHHQUHJLVWHUVWKHWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVXVHG
ZLWKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQRQO\RQHRIDFHUWDLQ
W\SHRIVHQVRULVXVHGWKLVVHWWLQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\
DQGWKHVHQVRUFDQEHXVHGE\VLPSO\FRQQHFWLQJLW
WRWKH6%86SRUWRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
:KHQ XVLQJ RU PRUH RI WKH VDPH NLQG RI
VHQVRUWKH\PXVWEHUHJLVWHUHGKHUH
ŏ7DSWKH>6HQVRU@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Slot Number
[:hat is a slot"]
6HUYRV DUH FODVVLILHG E\ &+ EXW sensors DUH
FODVVLILHGLQXQLWVFDOOHG³slot´7KHUHDUHslotsIURP
No. 1WRNo. 31
Altitude sensors, GPS sensors DQG RWKHU GDWD
VHQVRUXQLWVPD\XVHmultiple slots
:KHQXVLQJDVHQVRUZKLFKXVHVWZRRUPRUHVORWV
WKHUHTXLUHGQXPEHURIVORWVLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\DVVLJQHG
E\VHWWLQJXSDstart slot
:KHQRUPRUHRIWKHVDPHNLQGRIVHQVRUDUHXVHG
WKHVHQVRUVWKHPVHOYHVPXVWDOORFDWHXQXVHGVORWVDQG
PHPRUL]HWKDWVORW
Registered sensor
Sensor ID : Multiple usage of sensors
of the same type requires an ID
be input. Tapping this will allow
for manual input, but see the next
page about how to perform autoregistration via sensor registration.
Tap the slot to display
sensors which can be used
for the start slot. Tap to
register the sensor.
This is what displays when no
sensor is registered in a slot.
Tapping the slot and selecting
"-----------" will erase whatever was
registered there, freeing up the
slot.
ŏ $V VKRZQ LQ WKH WDEOH EHORZ DQ DOWLPHWHU UHTXLUHV FRQWLJXRXV VORWV DQG D *36 VHQVRU
UHTXLUHVFRQWLJXRXVVORWV7KH*366%6*VWDUWVORWVDUHDQG
< $VVLJQDEOHVORW >
$OWLPHWHU*36DQGRWKHUVHQVRUVWKDWGLVSOD\DODUJHDPRXQWRIGDWDUHTXLUHPXOWLSOHVORWV
'HSHQGLQJRQWKHW\SHRIVHQVRUWKHVORWQXPEHUVWKDWFDQEHDOORFDWHGPD\EHOLPLWHG
TEMP (SBS-01T/TE)
RPM (SBS01RM/RO/RB)
The required
number of slots
1 slot
1 slot
Voltage (SBS-01V)
2 slots
Altitude (SBS-01/02A)
3 slots
Current (SBS-01C)
3 slots
Sensor
S.BUS Servo sennsor
(SBS-01S)
GPS(SBS-01/02G)
TEMP125-F1713
8 slots
1 slot
VARIO-F1712
2 slots
VARIO-F1672
2 slots
CURR-F1678
3 slots
GPS-F1675
Kontronik ESC
Castle TL0
8 slots
8 slots
8 slots
JetCat V10
14 slots
PowerBox
16 slots
6 slots
92 < Linkage menu >
The number which can be used as a start slot
1-31
1-31
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,
20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,
24,25,26,27,28,29
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,
24,25,26,27,28,29
1,2,8,9,10,16,17,18,
24,25,26
8,16,24
1-31
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,
20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,
20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,
24,25,26,27,28,29
8,16,24
8,16,24
8,16,24
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,
18
8,16
Selling area
Global
Europe
Sensor:Reload
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
:KHQXVLQJPXOWLSOHVHQVRUVRIWKHVDPHW\SH
WKHVHQVRUVPXVWEHUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
&RQQHFWDOOWKHVHQVRUVWREHXVHGWRWKH76=DV
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDWWKHULJKWDQGUHJLVWHUWKHPE\
WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KH,'RIHDFKVHQVRULV
UHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
Hub
76=
ŏ&DOOSDJHIURPWKH>6HQVRU@PHQX
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Hub
Hub
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
,W LV QRW QHFHVVDU\ WR FDUU\ RXW
PXOWLSOHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWLRQVOLNH
D70=76*
Reading all the sensors to be used
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUWRWKH76=DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
7DS´5HORDGµRQSDJHRIWKH>6HQVRU@VFUHHQ
7DS´5HORDGµ
$OOWKHVHQVRUVDUHUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG
Sensor : Register
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
7KLV IXQFWLRQ UHJLVWHUV DQ DGGLWLRQDO VHQVRU
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKHILJXUHDWWKH
ULJKW DQG UHJLVWHU LW E\ WKH IROORZLQJ SURFHGXUH
7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
ŏ&DOOSDJHIURPWKH>6HQVRU@PHQX
Additional sensor registration
&RQQHFW WKH VHQVRU WR WKH 76= DV VKRZQ LQ WKH ILJXUH
DERYH
7DS´5HJLVWHUµRQSDJHRIWKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ
7KHVHQVRULVUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG
76=
SENSOR
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Receivers
Battery
:KHQ WKH QXPEHU RI VORWV QHHGHG LQ
UHJLVWUDWLRQ LV LQVXIILFLHQW DQ HUURU LV
GLVSOD\HG DQG UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDQQRW EH
SHUIRUPHG 'LVDEOH XQXVHG VORWV RU
SHUIRUPWKHIROORZLQJUHORDG
< Linkage menu > 93
Sensor : Change slot
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors
of the same type.
7KLVSURFHGXUHFKDQJHVWKHVORWQXPEHURIRQH
UHJLVWHUHGVHQVRU
ŏ&DOOSDJHIURPWKH>6HQVRU@PHQX
76=
SENSOR
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Receivers
Battery
ŏ 7DS WKH >&KDQJH VORW@ EXWWRQ
LQ WKH6HQVRU VFUHHQWR FDOOWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
)RUVRPHWUDQVPLWWHUVHJ7.ZKHQWKHVWDUWVORWRID
VHQVRULVFKDQJHGWKHVHQVRUFDQQRWEHXVHG
Sensor slot change
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUWRWKH76=DVVKRZQLQ
WKHÀJXUHDERYH
7DS ´&KDQJH VORWµ RQ SDJH RI WKH
6HQVRU!VFUHHQ
7DS´5HDGµ
$VHQVRUGHWDLOVVFUHHQDSSHDUV
7KHFXUUHQWVWDUWVORWLVGLVSOD\HG7RFKDQJH
DVWDUWVORWD + Ɇ EXWWRQWDS(&DQQRWEH
VHWWRDVORWWKDWFDQQRWEHDOORFDWHGOLNHWKH
WDEOHRIDOOSDJHV)
7DSWRWKH´:ULWHµ
WARNING
Do not disconnect or turn transmitter
power OFF while telemetry sensor data
is being saved.
Sensor save data will be lost, resulting in
malfunction.
94 < Linkage menu >
Telemetry
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHU
7KLVVFUHHQGLVSOD\V\RXUFKRLFHRIGDWDIURPWKH
UHFHLYHU
$OVR ZDUQLQJV FDQ EH DFWLYDWHG UHJDUGLQJ WKH
GDWD)RUH[DPSOHLIWKHUHFHLYHUYROWDJHGURSVWKH
XVHUFDQEHZDUQHGE\DQDODUPDQGYLEUDWLRQ
ŏ7DSWKH>7HOHPHWU\@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Tap page button to
advance to next page.
( The number of pages
changes with the number
of sensor registration.)
Various telemetry data
Start slot number
Choose the desired sensor and tap.
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Display Sensors
'HIDXOW GLVSOD\ VHQVRUV FDQ RQO\ EH XVHG E\
FRQQHFWLQJ WKH VHQVRUV WR WKH UHFHLYHU )RU GLVSOD\
RIRWKHUVHQVRUVRUWRXVHWKHVDPHW\SHRIVHQVRULQ
PXOWLSOHFDVHVHLWKHUUHJLVWHUWKHPYLDWKH6HQVRU
RSWLRQRQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXRUDOORFDWHWKHVHQVRUV
WRHPSW\VORWVWRKDYHWKHPGLVSOD\RQWKH7HOHPHWU\
VFUHHQ 5HIHU WR WKH SUHYLRXV 6HQVRU H[SODQDWLRQ
SDJHVIRUKRZWRGRWKLV
< Linkage menu > 95
'LVSOD\LQJ GDWD IURP WKH
UHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
Telemetry: Receiver [Battery]
,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHRIDUHFHLYHULV
GLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>5HFHLYHU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Receiver battery
voltage
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↓ The "down" arrow
will indicate that an
alarm will sound when
the voltage drops to
below the setting.
Sets the voltage on
which the alarm
operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Alarm set
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRW XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>9@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
96 < Linkage menu >
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
'LVSOD\LQJ GDWD IURP WKH (;7
EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW
Telemetry: Receiver [Ext. battery]
7KH(;792/7VFUHHQZLOOGLVSOD\WKHGDWDIURP
WKH(;7EDWWHU\RXWSXWIURPWKH56%UHFHLYHU
,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR
FRQQHFWH[WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRURIWKH56%
UHFHLYHU WR D &$59,1 )870 RU
6%69WRWKHEDWWHU\\RXGHVLUHWRPHDVXUHWKH
YROWDJHRIWKH(;7EDWWHU\
*CA-RVIN-700 must be installed in the aircraft.
<RXZLOOEHDOHUWHGE\DQDODUPRUYLEUDWLRQLI
WKHYROWDJHVHWE\\RXLVH[FHHGHG
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>5HFHLYHU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Ext. battery
voltage
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↓ The "down" arrow
will indicate that an
alarm will sound when
the voltage drops to
below the setting.
Sets the voltage on
which the alarm
operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Alarm set
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>9@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
< Linkage menu > 97
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHWHPSHUDWXUH
Telemetry : Temperature
*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
7HPSHUDWXUH LV D VFUHHQ ZKLFK GLVSOD\VVHWV
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
XS WKH WHPSHUDWXUH LQIRUPDWLRQ IURP DQ RSWLRQDO
)$667HVW&+PRGH
WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
7KHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHPRGHOHQJLQHPRWRU
IXQFWLRQV
EDWWHU\HWFZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX
ŏ 7DS WKH >7HPSHUDWXUH@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\
VFUHHQWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Temperature
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↑ An upward arrow
will show that an
alarm will sound when
the temperature rises
above the set value.
↓ A downward arrow
will show that an
alarm will sound when
the temperature drops
below the set value.
Sets the temperature
on which the alarm
operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Alert set : Temperature warning
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>℃ @LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHŃ℃ Ņ℃
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
98 < Linkage menu >
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUSP
Telemetry : RPM Sensor
7KH 530 6HQVRU VFUHHQ LV XVHG WR VHW XS DQ
RSWLRQDO USP VHQVRU DQG GLVSOD\ WKH URWDWLRQ
LQIRUPDWLRQLWWUDQVPLWV
7KHURWDWLRQRIWKHPRGHOHQJLQHPRWRUHWF
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX
*An rpm sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>USPVHQVRU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
rpm
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↑ An upward arrow
will show that an alarm
will sound when the
rpm rises above the set
value.
↓ A downward arrow
will show that an alarm
will sound when the
rpm falls below the set
value.
Sets the rpm on which
the alarm operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
"Magnet"
"Optics"
"Brushless motor"
SBS-01RM → Gear ratio 1.00 99.00
SBS-01RO → Blade
2 10
SBS-01RB → Pole
2 30
Alarm set : Over (Under) rotations
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>xxx USP@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHŃUSPŅUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
< Linkage menu > 99
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHDOWLWXGH
Telemetry : Altitude
*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
$OWLWXGHLVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKHDOWLWXGH
LQIRUPDWLRQIURPDQRSWLRQDODOWLWXGHVHQVRURU*36VHQVRU
7KHDOWLWXGHRIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILW
EHFRPHVKLJKHUORZWKDQSUHVHWDOWLWXGH\RXFDQEHWROGE\
DODUP:DUQLQJE\YLEUDWLRQFDQDOVREHFKRVHQ'DWDZKHQ
DSRZHUVXSSO\LVWXUQHGRQVKDOOEHPDQGLWGLVSOD\VWKH
DOWLWXGHZKLFKFKDQJHGIURPWKHUH(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQ
DLU¿HOGLVKLJKWKDWVKDOOEHPDQGWKHDOWLWXGHGLIIHUHQFH
IURP DQ DLUILHOG LV GLVSOD\HG7KLV VHQVRU FDOFXODWHV WKH
DOWLWXGHIURPDWPRVSKHULFSUHVVXUH$WPRVSKHULFSUHVVXUH
ZLOO JHW ORZHU DV \RX JR XS LQ DOWLWXGH 8VLQJ WKLV WKH
VHQVRUZLOOHVWLPDWHWKHDOWLWXGH3OHDVHXQGHUVWDQGWKDWDQ
H[DFWDGYDQFHGGLVSOD\FDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHGLIDWPRVSKHULF
SUHVVXUHFKDQJHVLQDZHDWKHUVLWXDWLRQ
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>$OWLWXGH@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Altitude
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Sets the altitude
on which the alarm
operates.
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
altitude reaches above
your set value.
● If this is set to Mode1-4,
a rise and dive are told
by a different melody.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
altitude reaches below
your set value.
Mode1: Little rise/dive
→ Melody changes
: sensitively
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Mode4: Big rise/dive
→ Melody changes
: insensible
Allows Melody to be
turned ON or OFF.
First, the set of a reference is reTuired.
Alarm set : Altitude
7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH
DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
7DSWRWKH>3UHVHW@RI5HIHUHQFHLWHP
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>[[[m@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHŃPŅP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
$WPRVSKHULFSUHVVXUHLVFKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZHDWKHU
DOVRDWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
Type 3
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
100 < Linkage menu >
'LVSOD\LQJ GDWD IURP WKH
YDULRPHWHU
Telemetry : Altitude [Variometer]
*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH VWDWXVWKH76=LQFRUSRUDWHVDGLIIHUHQWPHORG\
YDULRPHWHULQIRUPDWLRQIURPDQRSWLRQDODOWLWXGH IRU DVFHQW DQG GHVFHQW $GGLWLRQDOO\ GHSHQGLQJ
VHQVRURU*36VHQVRU
XSRQWKHUDWHRIFOLPERUGHVFHQWWKHWRQHVYDU\WR
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ LQGLFDWHZKHWKHURUQRWWKHDLUSODQHLVFOLPELQJRU
GHVFHQGLQJDWDUDSLGUDWH
EHNQRZQ
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
7RHQVXUHWKDWWKHSLORWLVDZDUHDVWRWKHPRGHO
V
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>9DULRPHWHU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Variometer
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Sets the variometer
on which the alarm
operates.
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
variometer reaches
above your set value.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
variometer reaches
below your set value.
● If this is set to Mode1-4,
a rise and dive are told
by a different melody.
Mode 1 : Little rise/dive
→ Melody changes
: sensitively
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Allows Melody to be
turned ON or OFF.
First, the set of a reference is reTuired.
7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH
DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
7DSWRWKH>3UHVHW@RI5HIHUHQFHLWHP
$WPRVSKHULFSUHVVXUHLVFKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZHDWKHU
DOVRDWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Mode 4 : Big rise/dive
→ Melody changes
: insensible
Alert set : variometer
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>PV@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaPV
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
Type 2
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
Type 3
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
< Linkage menu > 101
Vario Melody Setting
Tap the [Set] button
Current variometer
*These settings can be
made for each sensor.
Next page
Deadband
Range
:KHQ WKH YDULRPHWHU LV JUHDWHU
WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\ LV
QRWYDULDEOH
Setting range:
2IIVHWYDOXH ∼PV
Initial value:PV
:KHQWKHYDULRPHWHULVOHVVWKDQ
WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\ LV QRW
YDULDEOH
Setting range:
PV ∼ 2IIVHWYDOXH
Initial value:PV
:KHQ WKH YDULRPHWHU LV OHVV
WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\
LVQRWRXWSXW
Setting range:PV ∼PV
Initial value:PV
: K H Q W K H Y D U L R P H W H U L V
JUHDWHU WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR
PHORG\LVQRW
RXWSXW
Setting range:PV ∼ PV
Initial value:PV
Offset
žŷƋƈŃƕƈƏƄƗƌƒƑŃƒƉŃŹƄƕƌƒŃŰƈƏƒƇƜŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊƖƀ
Fixed melody
Range↑
Deadband↑
Offset
7KLVLVWKHFKDQJLQJSRLQWRIFOLPEDQGVLQN:KHQWKHYDULRPHWHU
LV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR 0HORG\ LV FOLPE W\SH :KHQ WKH
YDULRPHWHULVOHVVWKDQWKLVYDOXH9DULR0HORG\LVVLQNW\SH
Setting range:5DQJHŃVHWWLQJYDOXH∼5DQJHŅVHWWLQJYDOXH
Initial value:PV
102 < Linkage menu >
Deadband↓
Variable melody
Dead band
(Not sound)
Variable melody
Range↓
Fixed melody
Climb side
Discontinuous
sounds
Sink side
Continuous
sounds
Delay
7KH RXWSXW YDULR PHORG\ GRHV QRW FKDQJH GXULQJ
WKH GHOD\ WLPH ,Q RWKHU ZRUGV WKLV LV D PLQLPXP
WLPHRI9DULRPHORG\RXWSXW
Setting range:V,V,V,V
Initial value:V
*This parameter is effective to all variometers.
žŹƄƕƌƒŃŰƈƏƒƇƜŃŧƈƏƄƜƀ
Actually Variometer
0.0m/s
1.0m/s
3.0m/s
4.0m/s
2.0m/s
-1.0m/s
Output Vario Melody
0.0m/s
1.0m/s
3.0m/s
4.0m/s
2.0m/s
-1.0m/s
Delay time
1.0s
< Linkage menu > 103
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
Telemetry: Voltage [Battery]
*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHRIDUHFHLYHULV
GLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX
,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG
,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR
FRQQHFW([WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRURI56% ⇔
6%69 ⇔%DWWHU\
6%69 PHDVXUHV WZR EDWWHULHV7KH SRZHU
EDWWHU\FRQQHFWHGWRWZROLQHVLVGLVSOD\HGRQ(;7
92/77KHEDWWHU\IRUUHFHLYHUVFRQQHFWHGWR3
OLQHVLVGLVSOD\HGKHUH
ŏ7DSWKH>9ROWDJH@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Battery voltage
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↓ The "down" arrow
will indicate that an
alarm will sound when
the voltage drops to
below the setting.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Sets the voltage on
which the alarm
operates.
Vibrator choices are
type1-3, and Inhibit.
< 7ZRH[DPSOHVRIZLULQJDUHVKRZQ >
Two drive batteries are measured (R7008SB use)
Alarm set
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU
9RLFHDQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ
WKH YLEUDWRU DODUP ,I XVLQJ YLEUDWRU
FKRRVHRQHRIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DSWRWKH/LPLW>9@LWHP
$GMXVW WKH UDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ
ʆʆEXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
UHVHWWRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH SXVK WKH +20((;,7
EXWWRQ
5HIHU WR WKH PDQXDO RI 6%69 IRU WKH GHWDLOV RI
ZLULQJ
104 < Linkage menu >
Drive battery 1
(EXT Battery)
WR6%86
SRUW
Drive battery 2
(EXT Battery)
EXT Line
Normal Line
56%
Receiver battery
●Battery voltage measurement for receivers [R7008SB use]
●The drive battery 1 is measured in an EXT port [R7008SB use]
●The drive battery 2 is measured in an EXT line [SBS-01V use]
Two drive batteries and power supplies for servos are measured (R7008SB use)
Drive battery 1
(EXT Battery)
Drive battery 2
(EXT Battery)
Power supplies
for servos
*SBS-01V measures two voltage. One corresponds to high voltages, such as a drive battery,
with an EXT line. Another is a normal line and is measurement of the battery for receivers of a
line connected to 3P connector, or the battery for servos.
EXT Line
6ZLWFK
Normal Line
WR6%86
SRUW
$QRWKHUSRZHU
VXSSO\+XE
56%
Receiver battery
S.BUS2
servos
●Battery voltage measurement for receivers [R7008SB use]
●The drive battery 1 is measured in an EXT port [R7008SB use]
●The drive battery 2 is measured in an EXT line [SBS-01V use]
●The voltage for servos is measured in a power supply line [SBS-01V use]
' L V SO D \ L Q J G D W D I U R P W K H ( ;7
EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW
Telemetry: Voltage [Ext. battery]
,Q WKLV VFUHHQ WKH (;7 EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV
GLVSOD\HG ,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV
QHFHVVDU\WRFRQQHFW([WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRURI
56% ⇔6%69 ⇔%DWWHU\
6%69 PHDVXUHV WZR EDWWHULHV7KH SRZHU
EDWWHU\FRQQHFWHGWRWZROLQHVLVGLVSOD\HGRQ(;7
92/7
*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>9ROWDJH@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Ext. battery
voltage
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↓ The "down" arrow
will indicate that an
alarm will sound when
the voltage drops to
below the setting.
Sets the voltage on
which the alarm
operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Alarm set
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DS/LPLW>9@
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWR
WKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
< Linkage menu > 105
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH'LVWDQFH6FUHHQ
Telemetry : GPS [Distance]
7KH 'LVWDQFH VFUHHQ GLVSOD\V DQG VHWV DOWLWXGH
GDWD IURP DQ 6%6* *36 6HQVRU VROG
VHSDUDWHO\DQGDOORZVWKHGLVWDQFHWRWKHDLUERUQH
DLUFUDIW WR EH UHDG E\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ WKH
DLUFUDIWIOLHVLQVLGHRURXWVLGHWKHVHWGLVWDQFHDQ
DODUPDQGYLEUDWLRQDOHUWVWKHSLORW
*A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
7KH *36 VHQVRU LV QHFHVVDU\ DQG LV VROG VHSDUDWHO\ 0RXQW
DQG FRQQHFW WKH VHQVRU LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH VHQVRU
LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>*36@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWRFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Distance
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
distance reaches
above your set value.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
distance reaches
below your set value.
Sets the distance
on which the alarm
operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Tap to the [Preset] of "Reference"
item. Sets the current aircraft position
as the starting point.
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Altitude calculated as either straight line distance
(slant) or surface distance on a map can also be
selected.
Type 1
Type 2
nt
Sla
Altitude
Type 3
Surface
Select <Slant> <Surface> to "Distance mode", tap the
screen.
106 < Linkage menu >
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
First, the set of a reference is reTuired.
7KHPRGHODQGWUDQVPLWWHUWRZKLFKWKH*36
VHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
7DSWRWKH>3UHVHW@RI5HIHUHQFHLWHP
1RZWKHSRVLWLRQRIWKHSUHVHQWPRGHOZDVVHWWRP
Setting a too far alarm distance
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
Setting a too close alarm distance
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH
DQG,QKLELW
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
7DS/LPLW>P@
&KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH
YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH
RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
7DS/LPLW>P@
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWR
WKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWR
WKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
Telemetry
Data
ŧƌƖƗƄƑƆƈ
Positioning time of GPS
:KHQSRZHUHGXSWKH6%6*EHJLQVWR
DFTXLUH *36 VDWHOOLWH GDWD 7KLV SURFHVV FDQ
WDNHVHYHUDOPLQXWHV3OHDVHGRQRWPRYHWKH
PRGHOGXULQJWKLVSURFHVV'XULQJDFTXLVLWLRQ
WKH/('RQWKH6%6*ZLOOEOLQNJUHHQ
DIWHUWKHVDWHOOLWH
VVLJQDOVKDYHEHHQDFTXLUHG
WKH/('ZLOOEHFRPHVROLGJUHHQDQGWKH*36
VLJQDOVWUHQJWKGLVSOD\RQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLOO
VKRZWKUHHEDUV
0RYLQJWKHPRGHOEHIRUHWKHVDWHOOLWHVDUHIXOO\
DFTXLUHG ZLOO FDXVH D GHOD\ LQ DFTXLULQJ WKH
VDWHOOLWHVLJQDO
< Linkage menu > 107
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHVSHHG
Telemetry : GPS [Speed]
7KHVSHHGVFUHHQGLVSOD\VDQGVHWVWKHVSHHGGDWDIURPDQ *A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
6%6**36VHQVRUVROGVHSDUDWHO\
7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
$IWHU IOLJKW WKH PD[LPXP VSHHG GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH
YLHZHG%HFDXVHWKLVVSHHGLVEDVHGRQSRVLWLRQGDWDIURP
D *36 VDWHOOLWH WKH JURXQG VSHHG LV GLVSOD\HG LQVWHDG RI
DLU VSHHG &RQVHTXHQWO\ ZLWK D KHDG ZLQG WKH GLVSOD\HG
VSHHGGHFUHDVHVDQGZLWKDWDLOZLQGWKHGLVSOD\HGVSHHG
LQFUHDVHV
7KH *36 VHQVRU LV QHFHVVDU\ DQG LV VROG VHSDUDWHO\ 0RXQW
DQG FRQQHFW WKH VHQVRU LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH VHQVRU
LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ7DSWKH>*36@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWRFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Speed
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
speed reaches above
your set value.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
speed reaches below
your set value.
Sets the speed on
which the alarm
operates.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Reference and Distance mode work in conjunction with Distance
discussed on the previous two pages.
"Vibrator" type
Alarm setting when speed increases
7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG
,QKLELW
&KRRVH,QKLELWIRU9LEUDWRULIQRtXVLQJWKHYLEUDWRU
DODUP ,I XVLQJ YLEUDWRU FKRRVH RQH RI WKH WKUHH
W\SHV
7DS/LPLW>[[[NPK@
$GMXVW WKH UDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ ʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHŃNPKŅNPK
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHNPKaNPK
Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW
:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW
WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO
VWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ
108 < Linkage menu >
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Speed alarm precaution
6LQFH WKH *36 VSHHG VHQVRU GLVSOD\V WKH JURXQG VSHHG LW
FDQQRWEHXVHGDVDVWDOODODUP)RUH[DPSOHDQDLUFUDIWWKDW
VWDOOVDWNPKZLOOVWDOOLIWKHWDLOZLQGLVNPKRUJUHDWHU
HYHQ WKURXJK NPK LV GLVSOD\HG E\ JURXQG VSHHG ,Q
DGGLWLRQZLWKDQDLUFUDIWWKDWZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGÀLJKWDW
NPKDWDQRYHUVSHHGDODUPZKHQWKHKHDGZLQGUHDFKHV
NPKWKHDLUSODQHZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGDLUGXHWRRYHU
VSHHGLQJHYHQDWDJURXQGVSHHGRINPK
Telemetry : GPS [Altitude, Variometer, Position]
*A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
7KH$OWLWXGH 9DULRPHWHU 3RVLWLRQ VFUHHQ
GLVSOD\V DQG VHWV WKH GDWD IURP DQ 6%6*
*36VHQVRUVROGVHSDUDWHO\
7KH *36 VHQVRU LV QHFHVVDU\ DQG LV VROG VHSDUDWHO\ 0RXQW
DQG FRQQHFW WKH VHQVRU LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH VHQVRU
LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO
,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH
2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ
)$667HVW&+PRGH
7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
ŏ 6HOHFW >*36@ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\ VFUHHQ DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Altitude
Variometer
Refer to the former
page for a setup
about Altitude and
Variometer.
This indicates the
receiving accuracy
from a GPS Satellite.
When three bars are
displayed, the GPS is
ready for use.
The position of the present
model is displayed.
ŤƏƗƌƗƘƇƈ
ŹƄƕƌƒƐƈƗƈƕ
ƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ
< Linkage menu > 109
Telemetry : Servo sensor [Current]
7KH 6%66 FDQ PRQLWRU DQG GLVSOD\ WKH *Servo sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
LQIOLJKW FXUUHQW RSHUDWLQJ DQJOH DQG LQWHUQDO
WHPSHUDWXUHRIXSWRWZR6%86VHUYRV
,I\RXIRUJHWWRFRQQHFWWKHVHUYRZLULQJGXULQJ
IXVHODJHDVVHPEO\RUWKHVHUYRZDVGLVFRQQHFWHG
DQDODUPFDQEHDFWLYDWHGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
Tap here and go to the
Servo 2 settings page.
(Display and settings
content is the same as
Servo 1.)
ŏ 6HOHFW >6HUYR VHQVRU@ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\
VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Tapping this will
take you to the
settings screen for
the current alarm
Tapping this and selecting
"Buzzer" will cause the device
to sound an alarm when
servos are not connected.
Tapping this and selecting
"Each type" will cause the
device to vibrate when servos
are not connected.
When the Alarm or
Vibrator options are
activated, the servo
connection will
display.
*This alarm and display is limited to the S.BUS
servos connected to the servo sensors.
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
current reaches above
your set value.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
current reaches below
your set value.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
110 < Linkage menu >
Sets the current on
which the alarm
operates.
Vibrator is choices are
type1-3, and Inhibit.
Initial value: ↑ 10.0A ↓ 0.0A
Adjustment range 0.0A 10.0A
( ↑ Limit ≧ ↓ Limit)
Telemetry : Servo sensor [Temperature] [Angle]
*Servo sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6HUYR VHQVRU@ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\
VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
● Temperature
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
temperature reaches
above your set value.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
temperature reaches
below your set value.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Sets the temperature
on which the alarm
operates.
Vibrator choices are
type1-3, and Inhibit.
Initial value: ↑ 115℃↓ -10℃
Adjustment range -10℃ 115℃
( ↑ Limit ≧ ↓ Limit)
● Angle
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
angle reaches above
your set value.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
angle reaches below
your set value.
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
Sets the angle on
which the alarm
operates.
Vibrator choices are
type1-3, and Inhibit.
Initial value: ↑ +180.0° ↓ -180.0°
Adjustment range -180.0° +180.0°
( ↑ Limit ≧ ↓ Limit)
< Linkage menu > 111
Telemetry : Current sensor [Current]
7KH 6%6& KDV WKH FDSDELOLW\ RI PHDVXULQJ
FXUUHQWYROWDJHDQGFDSDFLW\FRQVXPSWLRQIURP
GULYHEDWWHU\DOODWWKHVDPHWLPH
*Current sensor must be installed in the
aircraft.
'ULYH
(6&
%DWWHU\
0RWRU
WR5HFHLYHU
6%6&
ŏ6HOHFW>&XUUHQW@LQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQDQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Tapping this will take you to
the settings screen for the
current alarm
Max. and min. values
since the power
was turned ON will
display.
Tapping this will take you to
the settings screen for the
voltage alarm
Tapping this will take you to
the settings screen for the
consumption capacity alarm
The consumption capacity is indicated.
It isn't the present battery capacity.
◆ Alarm setting
↑ An upward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
current reaches above
your set value.
Sets the current on
which the alarm
operates.
↓ A downward arrow
indicates the alarm
will sound when the
current reaches below
your set value.
Allows Speech to be
turned ON or OFF.
"Vibrator" type
Alarm is chosen from
Buzzer, Voice, and
Inhibit.
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
112 < Linkage menu >
Tele. setting
6SHHFKLQWHUYDOVHWGDWDORJJLQJRIWHOHPHWU\
6HWWKHVSHHFKLQWHUYDORIWHOHPHWU\GDWDDQGWKH
ORJJLQJRIWHOHPHWU\GDWDWRDQ6'FDUGDWFKRVHQ
LQWHUYDOV
7HOHPHWU\GDWDFDQEHFKHFNHGRQ\RXU3&DIWHU
DÀLJKW
ŏ7DSWKH>7HOHVHWWLQJ@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Sets the speech interval
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
Initial value: 0 sec.
Adjustment range 0-30 sec.
Telemetry data log function
Telemetry data has been adapted to the log function which is recorded at the SD card.
【Setting method】
① Open the linkage menu Tele. setting screen. ② Log recording can be started and stopped by operating a switch. The Logging switch is selected.
③ The log output interval can be set.
* The data to be recorded is updated at the time set by Linkage menu → System Type screen D/L interval. For
example, when the log output interval is 1 second and the D/L interval is 2 seconds the same data is overlapped and
recorded twice.
【Operation method】
① Insert the SD card into the card slot.
② Set the switch set by Log Start/Stop Switch to ON. A beep sounds and a log file is created and recording of the
telemetry data begins.
Absolutely never remove the SD card while log data is being recorded.
③ Set the switch set by Logging switch to OFF. A beeping sound is generated and recording of the telemetry data stops.
④ Turn off the transmitter power and remove the SD card.
■ Log file
A log file is created in the SD card LOG folder. Two files with the same filename, but a different extension are created.
(Example: 00001234.FLI, 00001234.FLD)
■ Extension FLI: Slot allocation information file
■ Extension FLD: Log data file
*When copying or moving a log file, always select both the .FLI file and .FLD file.
Log files can be converted to CSV format by using the telemetry log converter available at the Futaba website.
■ Notes
◇ Altimeter altitude data and GPS distance and altitude data output with the point that time logging started as the
reference (0m). When the transmitter preset position and the log start position are different, the transmitter display
and the log data display will also be different. The altitude and distance from the take-off position can be recorded by
starting logging immediately after take-off.
◇ The transmitter gear ratio or number of fins setting is not reflected in the speedometer log data (speed). Multiply the
gear ratio or number of fins by the speed data.
◇ When the SD card becomes full, recording stops and does not resume even if logging is restarted.
< Linkage menu > 113
Telemetry Alarm Duration and Repeat time
The repeat time and duration time for the telemetry alarm (buzzer, vibration and speech) can be set.
ŏ 7DS WKH >7HOHPHWU\ 6HWWLQJ@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
Duration is not displayed when
Repeat is INH.
Duration
It is an alarm output time.
Setting range:1 s ∼ 30 s
Initial value:INH
Repeat
It is a repeat time of an alarm
output.
Setting range:INH,1 s ∼ 240 s
Initial value:INH
Duration value has to be less than
repeat value.
Duration time is extended when the
other alarm event occurs.
žŧƘƕƄƗƌƒƑŃƄƑƇŃŵƈƓƈƄƗŃƗƌƐƈŃƉƒƕŃŷƈƏƈƐƈƗƕƜŃŤƏƄƕƐƀ
e.g. Repeat time is 8 seconds and Duration time is 5 seconds.
Repeat time 8s
Alarm
output
ON
Duration time 5s
114 < Linkage menu >
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ
Trainer
76=WUDLQHUV\VWHPPDNHVLWSRVVLEOHIRUWKH
LQVWUXFWRUWRFKRRVHZKLFKFKDQQHOVDQGRSHUDWLRQ
PRGHV FDQ EH XVHG LQ WKH VWXGHQW
V WUDQVPLWWHU
7KHIXQFWLRQDQGUDWHRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHW
7KH WUDLQLQJ PHWKRG FDQ DOVR EH PDWFKHG WR WKH
VWXGHQW
V VNLOO OHYHO 7ZR WUDQVPLWWHUV PXVW EH
FRQQHFWHG E\ DQ RSWLRQDO7UDLQHU &RUG DQG WKH
,QVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUVKRXOGEHSURJUDPPHGIRU
WUDLQHURSHUDWLRQDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
:KHQWKH,QVWUXFWRUDFWLYDWHVWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK
WKH VWXGHQW KDV FRQWURO RI WKH DLUFUDIW LI 0,;
)81&1250 PRGH LV WXUQHG RQ WKH ,QVWUXFWRU
FDQPDNHFRUUHFWLRQVZKLOHWKHVWXGHQWKDVFRQWURO
:KHQWKHVZLWFKLVUHOHDVHGWKH,QVWUXFWRUUHJDLQV
FRQWURO7KLVLVYHU\XVHIXOLIWKHVWXGHQWJHWVWKH
DLUFUDIWLQWRDQXQGHVLUDEOHVLWXDWLRQ
ŏ6HWWLQJGDWDDUHVWRUHGWRPRGHOGDWD
ŏ6WXGHQWUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDW0,;)81&
1250PRGH
ŏ$FWLYDWHGVWXGHQWFKDQQHOVFDQEHVHOHFWHG
E\VZLWFKHV
Note:7KLVWUDLQHUV\VWHPFDQEHXVHGLQWKHIROORZLQJ
PDQQHU
:LWK WKH 76= WUDQVPLWWHU DQG D FRQYHQWLRQDO
WUDQVPLWWHU LI WKH FKDQQHO RUGHU LV GLIIHUHQW LW LV
QHFHVVDU\WRPDWFKWKHFKDQQHORUGHUEHIRUHXVLQJWKLV
IXQFWLRQ
<RXFDQVHOHFWWKHFKDQQHORILQSXWGDWDIURPVWXGHQW
V
WUDQVPLWWHULQWKH)81&RU0,;PRGH
:KHQWKH76=LVXVHGDVWKHLQVWUXFWRU¶VWUDQVPLWWHU
VHWWKHPRGXODWLRQPRGHRIWKHVWXGHQW¶VWUDQVPLWWHUWR
330
,IEHLQJXVHGDVWKHVWXGHQW76=FDQEHFRQQHFWHGWR
WKHLQVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUZKLFKUHTXLUHVWKHVWXGHQW
V
PRGHWREH33076=DOZD\VVHQGV330PRGHVLJQDO
IURPWKHWUDLQHUMDFN
,QWKHFDVHRIVWXGHQW
VWUDQVPLWWHUVRWKHUWKDQ*+]
%H VXUH WKDW DOO FKDQQHOV ZRUN FRUUHFWO\ LQ ERWK
WUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÀ\LQJ
Corresponding types of transmitters and trainer mode settings:
7\SHVRIWUDQVPLWWHUV
,QVWUXFWRU
6WXGHQW
76=);
76=);
76*76=70= 76*76=70=
,QVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
6\VWHP7\SH
7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ
0RGPRGH
&+PRGH
$UELWUDU\
6WXGHQW
VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
6\VWHP7\SH
7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ
0RGPRGH
&+PRGH
0RGPRGH
&+
$UELWUDU\
&+
&+
330
7UDLQHU&RUGV
7)*)870
DQG&)870
7UDLQHU&RUGV
76=
70=);7=
7)*
);
$UELWUDU\
&+
3&0*
*
76=
7)*);
$UELWUDU\
&+
&+
)$6670/7
)$66708/7
$UELWUDU\
&+
330
7)*)870
$UELWUDU\
&+
$UELWUDU\
7)*)870
7-7-7.7-
7/
$UELWUDU\
&+
$UELWUDU\
76=
$UELWUDU\
&+
$UELWUDU\
&+
76=
$UELWUDU\
&+
$UELWUDU\
&+
76=
$UELWUDU\
$UELWUDU\
&+
76=
76=
76=
70=);7=
7)*
);
7)*);
7&7&*7-
7&7&
7&7-7.
7-
7&7&
7&7(;7(;
7&*7&
7)*)870
DQG&)870
7UDLQHU&RUGV
< Linkage menu > 115
ŏ7DSWKH>7UDLQHU@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWRFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
:hen using at the student side
:hen using at the teacher side
6HOHFWWKHPRGH
6HOHFWWKHPRGH
:KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH PRGH WDS WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHDQGFKDQJHWKHPRGHXVLQJWKHźźźŸ
ŸŸEXWWRQV7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV7DSWKHVFUHHQWRFKDQJH
WKHPRGH
:KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH PRGH WDS WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHDQGFKDQJHWKHPRGHXVLQJWKHźźźŸ
ŸŸEXWWRQV7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV7DSWKHVFUHHQWRFKDQJH
WKHPRGH
7HDFKHU6WXGHQW6HOHFW>6WXGHQW@
$&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR
>$&7@
&+ :KHQ WKH VWXGHQW XVHV WKH
76=76*76=70=VHOHFW>&+@:KHQ
WKHVWXGHQWXVHVWKH70=7=7)*RU);
VHOHFW>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@
7HDFKHU6WXGHQW6HOHFW>7HDFKHU@
$&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR
>2))@RU>21@
&+$11(/ :KHQ WKH VWXGHQW XVHV
WKH76=LQFOXGLQJWKH70=76*VHOHFW
>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@RU>&+@
1RWH ,Q VWXGHQW PRGH RQO\ WKH WHDFKHU
VLGH FDQ WXUQ RQ DQG RII WKH SRZHU WR WKH
VWXGHQW
VWUDQVPLWWHU.HHSWKHSRZHUVZLWFK
DOZD\VDWRIISRVLWLRQ
6HOHFWWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK
:KHQVHWWLQJRUFKDQJLQJWKHVZLWFKWDSWRWKH6:,7&+
LWHPFDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQDQGVHWWKHGHVLUHGVZLWFK
DQG212))GLUHFWLRQ
6HH 6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG DW WKH HQG RI WKLV
PDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
7KH VZLWFK PRGH FDQ DOVR EH VHOHFWHG ZKHQ VHWWLQJ WKH
21SRVLWLRQRQWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ:KHQ>1RUPDO@LV
VHOHFWHG QRUPDO 212)) RSHUDWLRQ LV SHUIRUPHG:KHQ
>$OWHUQDWH@ LV VHOHFWHG WKH WUDLQHU IXQFWLRQ LV DOWHUQDWHO\
WXUQHG RQ DQG RII HDFK WLPH WKH VZLWFK LV RSHUDWHG7KLV
DOORZVDOWHUQDWH212))VZLWFKLQJHYHQZKHQDPRPHQWDU\
VZLWFK6+LVXVHG
1RWH 7KH WUDLQHU IXQFWLRQ ZRQ·W EH WXUQHG
RQXQOHVVWKH,QVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHV
VLJQDOV IURP WKH VWXGHQW
V WUDQVPLWWHU %H
VXUH WR FRQILUP WKLV DIWHU FRQQHFWLQJ \RXU
WUDLQHUFDEOH
116 < Linkage menu >
6HOHFWWKHRSHUDWLQJPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
Trainer student channel setting function
,QWUDLQLQJPRGHWKHLQVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUFDQ
SLFNXSWKHVWXGHQW
VVLJQDORQERWKWKH)XQFWLRQ
DQG 0L[ FKDQQHOV7KDW PDNHV LW HDV\ IRU WKH
WZRWUDQVPLWWHUVWRFRQQHFWHYHQLIWKHVWXGHQWDQG
LQVWUXFWRUKDYHVHWXSWKHLUWUDQVPLWWHUVGLIIHUHQWO\
:KHQWKHLQVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUPRGHLVVHWWR1250
WKHVLJQDORIWKHVDPHFKDQQHORIWKHVWXGHQW
VWUDQVPLWWHULV
RXWSXWDVLV7KHVDPHDVEHIRUH
1250 7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VLJQDOV
IURPWKHVWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHU
0,; PRGH 7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\
V L J Q D O V I U R P W K H W H D F K H U D Q G V W X G H Q W
WUDQVPLWWHUV5HVHWWKHVWXGHQW
VPRGHOGDWD
WRWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQ
)81&PRGHIXQFWLRQPRGH
7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VLJQDOV IURP
WKH VWXGHQW WUDQVPLWWHU ZLWK WKH WHDFKHU
$)5VHWWLQJ5HVHWWKHVWXGHQW
VPRGHOGDWD
WRWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQ
2))2QO\WKHWHDFKHUVLGHRSHUDWHV
7KHVHWWLQJDERYHDOORZVVHWWLQJRIWKHVHUYRWKURZUHODWLYH
WR WKH DPRXQW RI VWXGHQW VLGH RSHUDWLRQ ZKHQ >0,;@ RU
>)81&@ZDVVHOHFWHG
:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHUDWHXVHWKHʈʈʈ
ʆ ʆʆ EXWWRQ WR 7DS WKH >5DWH@ LWHP RI
WKHFKDQQHO
6HWWLQJUDQJHa
,QLWLDOYDOXH
:KHQWKHYDOXHLVWDSSHGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH
6HWWKHVZLWFKRIHDFKFKDQQHO
:KHQVHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKDWHDFKFKDQQHOWDSWRWKH6:
LWHP RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH FDOO WKH VZLWFK
VHWXSVFUHHQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFK
$OZD\V21
6$a6+ 7KH VZLWFK ZKLFK HQDEOHV VWXGHQW
VLGHRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG6HH6ZLWFK
VHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO
IRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
< Linkage menu > 117
0L[LQJZDUQLQJQRUPDOUHVHW
Warning setting
7KHZDUQLQJGLVSOD\DWSRZHU21FDQEHWXUQHG
212))IRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ8VHE\VHWWLQJIXQFWLRQV
ZKLFKPD\EHGDQJHURXVLIRSHUDWHGDWSRZHU21
WR21,QLWLDOVHWWLQJLVDOO21%X]]HU
ŏ 7DS WKH >:DUQLQJ VHWWLQJ@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH
/LQNDJH PHQX WR FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR
/LQNDJHPHQX
The settings can be changed
individually. When set to
[Inhibit], a warning is not
displayed at power ON.
"Vibrator" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter
will vibrate during the warning.
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to
unnecessarily inhibit essential
warnings.
■Careless spinning of propellers or rotors poses a
danger of serious injury or death.
118 < Linkage menu >
2ULJLQDOPHQXVFUHHQPDNLQJ
User menu setting
76=KDVDPHQXIRUHDFKRIWKHIROORZLQJ
6\VWHP /LQNDJH DQG 0RGHO $OVR \RX FDQ
FUHDWHDSHUVRQDOL]HG8VHUPHQXWKDWFDQLQFOXGH
DOORIWKHPHQXVWKDW\RXXVHPRVWRIWHQ
$Q\FKDQJHPDGHWRGDWDHQWHUHGIURPWKH8VHUPHQXRU
IURPWKHQRUPDOPHWKRGRIXVHDUHWKHVDPH&KDQJHVPDGH
LQHLWKHUZD\DUHVDYHGLQWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
ŏ 7DS WKH >8VHU PHQX VHWWLQJ@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH
/LQNDJH PHQX WR FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ
VKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Tap here to select
your first choice.
Once pressed, 3 pages of choices will be displayed.
When "---" is chosen,
it can be deleted.
Make your selection, press your choice and the
first of your "User menu" will be entered.
How to call a User menu
)URPWKHKRPHVFUHHQSUHVVWKH80(18021EXWWRQ
From the home
screen
HOME
screen
Press the U.MENU/MON.
Function can be
called by a tap
< Linkage menu > 119
Data reset
0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHWE\LWHP
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVGHVLJQHGWRDOORZ\RXWRUHVHW
VHOHFWHG SRUWLRQV RU DOO RI WKH VHWWLQJV VDYHG LQ
WKH DFWLYH PRGHO PHPRU\<RX PD\ LQGLYLGXDOO\
FKRRVHWRUHVHWWKHIROORZLQJVHWVRIGDWD
Trim (All condition):
Model menu setting:
5HVHWV DOO WKH IXQFWLRQV LQ WKH 0RGHO PHQX
H[FHSWFRQGLWLRQVHOHFW
All model setting:
5HVHWWKHGLJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJ
5HVHWV DOO /LQNDJH DQG 0RGHO PHQX IXQFWLRQV
H[FHSWIRUIUHTXHQF\PRGHOVHOHFWDQGPRGHOW\SH
$OOWKHFRQGLWLRQVRUWKHFRQGLWLRQFXUUHQWO\EHLQJGLVSOD\HG
WKHHQWLUHJURXSIRUJURXSVHWWLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHG
7KHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWULPUDWHDUHQRWUHVHW
Function Name:
Trim (Current and Group condition):
$IXQFWLRQQDPHLVUHVHW
Telemetry:
5HVHWWKHGLJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJ
5HVHWWKHWHOHPHWU\VHWWLQJ
&XUUHQWFRQGLWLRQJURXSFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG
7KHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWULPUDWHDUHQRWUHVHW
ŏ 6HOHFW >'DWD UHVHW@ DW WKHOLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX
Data resetting method
7DS WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW DQG WDS
WKHVFUHHQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
([HFXWHUHVHWE\WDSSLQJWKH<HV
CAUTION
Never engage the Data reset function
while the engine is starting or the
motor drive wiring is connected.
■ Sudden, abrupt spinning of propellers or rotors
is extremely dangerous.
120 < Linkage menu >
>7ULP$OOFRQGLWLRQ@5HVHWVRQO\WKH7ULPDOO
FRQGLWLRQV
>7ULP&XUUHQW DQG *URXS FRQGLWLRQ@ 5HVHWV
RQO\WKHGDWDRI7ULPFRQGLWLRQLQXVHDQGDOO
WKHFRQGLWLRQVVHWWRJURXSPRGH
>0RGHOPHQXVHWWLQJ@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQV
LQ WKH PRGHO PHQX H[FHSW WKH FRQGLWLRQ
VHOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV
>$OOPRGHOVHWWLQJ@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQVLQ
WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG PRGHO PHQX H[FHSW
WKH IUHTXHQF\ PRGHO VHOHFW DQG PRGHO
W\SHIXQFWLRQV
>)XQFWLRQ QDPH@ 5HVHWV RQO\ WKH IXQFWLRQ
QDPHIXQFWLRQV
>7HOHPHWU\@ 5HVHWV RQO\ WKH WHUHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
CAUTION
Throttle Reverse
■ Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is
REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low
directions of the engine or motor used and be
careful that they do not suddenly run at full
speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.
MODEL MENU (Common functions)
7KLVVHFWLRQGHVFULEHVWKH$)5SURJUDPPL[LQJ
DQGRWKHUIXQFWLRQVFRPPRQWRDOOPRGHOW\SHV
%HIRUH VHWWLQJ WKH PRGHO GDWD XVH WKH 0RGHO
7\SH IXQFWLRQ RI WKH /LQNDJH PHQX WR VHOHFW WKH
PRGHOW\SHPDWFKHGWRWKHIXVHODJH:KHQDQRWKHU
PRGHOW\SHLVVHOHFWHGWKHUHDIWHUWKH$)5SURJUDP
PL[LQJDQGRWKHUVHWWLQJGDWDDUHUHVHW
7KHIXQFWLRQVLQWKH0RGHOPHQXFDQEHVHWIRU
HDFK IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQ:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR XVH WKH
V\VWHPE\VZLWFKLQJWKHVHWWLQJVIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
E\ VZLWFK VWLFN SRVLWLRQ HWF XVH WKH &RQGLWLRQ
6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGIOLJKWFRQGLWLRQV8SWR
FRQGLWLRQVFDQEHXVHG
Note: The T16SZ is designed so that the airplane and
glider model types are compatible with aircraft of
similar type wings.
This section outlines the relationship between the
functions common to airplanes and gliders, except
some dedicated functions, and model type.
The setting items depend on the number of servos
and other differences according to the wing type
used, but reread them. The setup screens in the
instruction manual are typical examples.
Tap this icon to
go to the model
menu.
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ
name and return to
the Home screen.
Program.mixes
0RGHOPHQXVFUHHQH[DPSOH
7KH0RGHOPHQXVFUHHQ
GHSHQGVRQWKHPRGHOW\SH
ŰƒƇƈƏŃƐƈƑƘŃŋŦƒƐƐƒƑŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŌŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ
>6HUYRPRQLWRU@'LVSOD\VWKHVHUYRWHVWDQGRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQĺLinkage menu referring
>&RQGLWLRQVHOHFW@)OLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGGLWLRQGHOHWLRQFRS\FRQGLWLRQUHQDPLQJDQGFRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQ
EHVHW
>$)5@6HWVWKHDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIDOOWKHRSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQV
>'XDOUDWH@'5FXUYHZKLFKFDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKDVZLWFKHWFFDQDOVREHDGGHG
>3URJUDPPL[HV@3URJUDPPL[LQJZKLFKFDQEHIUHHO\FXVWRPL]HG8SWRPL[HVFDQEHXVHGIRUHDFK
FRQGLWLRQ
< Model menu (Common Functions) > 121
Condition select
Flight condition's addition, deletion, copy, condition renaming,
and condition delay can be set. [All model types]
7KHIXQFWLRQVLQWKH0RGHOPHQXFDQEHXVHGE\
VZLWFKLQJWKHVHWWLQJVRIXSWRIOLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
E\XVLQJWKH&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKW
FRQGLWLRQV$GGFRQGLWLRQVDVUHTXLUHG
:KHQ \RX GR QRW ZDQW WR XVH WKH &RQGLWLRQ
VHOHFWIXQFWLRQWKLVVHWWLQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\,QWKLV
FDVH XVH WKH IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DVVLJQHG DW LQLWLDO
VHWWLQJ
ŏ6LQFHVZLWFKLQJE\VWLFNDQGOHYHUSRVLWLRQLQ
addition to ordinary toggle switch, is possible
as the flight condition selector switch, this
IXQFWLRQFDQEHOLQNHGZLWKRWKHURSHUDWLRQV
ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW
Unnecessary fuselage motion generated
when there are sudden changes in the servo
positions and when there are variations in
the operating time between channels during
condition switching can be suppressed. The
delay can be set for each channel.
When setting the delay function at the
switching destination condition, the
related function changes after a delay
corresponding to the set amount.
ŏ :KHQ PXOWLSOH FRQGLWLRQV ZHUH VHW WKHLU
operation priority can be freely changed.
ŏ 7KH FRQGLWLRQ QDPH FDQ EH FKDQJHG 7KH
selected condition name is displayed on
the screen. When a condition has been
added, give it a name which can be easily
FRQÀUPHG
ŏ6HOHFW>&RQGLWLRQVHOHFW@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
call the setup screen shown below.
Currently selected condition name
Conditions List
Condition Renaming
Condition Addition
1. Select the condition by
tapping the condition you
ZDQW WR UHQDPH LQ &RQGLWLRQV
List.
2. Tap the [Rename] button.
3. Enter the new name from the
NH\ERDUG ZKLFK DSSHDUV RQ
the screen.
:KHQWKHNH\ERDUG>&RQGLWLRQ
QDPH@NH\LVWDSSHGWKHQHZ
name is registered.
1. When the [Add] button is tapped, the
&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWVFUHHQDSSHDUV
2QO\WKHQXPEHURIEXWWRQVFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKH
FRQGLWLRQVZKLFKFDQEHDGGHGDUHGLVSOD\HG
2. Select the desired conditions by tapping
the buttons.
7KHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQVDUHDGGHGWR&RQGLWLRQV
/LVW
3. Tap the [--] button to call the <Switch>
screen.
4. Select the switch to be used in condition
switching.
(See "Switch selection method" at the end
of this manual for selection method
details.)
7KH &RQGLWLRQ GDWD IRU WKH DGGHG
conditions is copied.
122 < Model menu (Common Functions) >
Currently selected condition name
The ON/OFF switch of
condition is chosen.
Conditions List
Condition Copy
Condition Remove
7DS WKH >&RS\@ EXWWRQ 7KH &RS\ VFUHHQ
appears.
2. Select the condition by tapping the button
of the copy source conditions.
3. Next, select the condition by tapping the
copy destination condition.
7DSWKH>&RS\@EXWWRQ
5. When the [Yes] button is tapped, the data
is copied. (To abort copying, tap the [No]
button.)
1. Select the condition by
tapping the condition you
ZDQW WR UHVHW LQ &RQGLWLRQV
List.
2. Tap the [Remove] button.
3. When the [Yes] button is
tapped, the condition is
reset. (To abort resetting, tap
the [No] button.)
Last condition has
the highest priority
● Group/single mode switching (Gr./Sngl)
(For a description of the operation
method, see the description at the
back of this manual.)
Priority change
1. Tap the condition whose
priority you want to change
LQ&RQGLWLRQV/LVW
&KDQJH WKH SULRULW\ ZLWK WKH
priority [ ] or [ ] button. (The
last condition has the highest
priority.)
*The initial setting condition
cannot be moved. It has the
lowest priority.
Condition delay setting
1. Switch to the condition you want to set.
7DSWKH'HOD\EXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX
want to set.
3. Use the value input buttons to set the delay.
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
< Model menu (Common Functions) > 123
AFR
The angle and curve of each operation function can be set. [All model types]
$)5 IXQFWLRQ LV XVHG WR DGMXVW WKH WKURZ DQG
RSHUDWLRQ FXUYH RI WKH VWLFN OHYHU DQG VZLWFK
IXQFWLRQVIRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
Rate
100%
ŏ 2SHUDWLRQ FXUYH DGMXVWPHQW 7KUHH W\SHV
of curves (EXP1, EXP2, and Point) can be
VHOHFWHG$PD[LPXPSRLQWVFXUYHFDQEH
used for the point curve type. (Initial setting:
9 points) The number of points can also be
increased and decreased and curves from
complex curves to simple curves can be
used.
ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW7KHRSHUDWLRQ
speed of each function when the function
is operated (including at flight condition
VZLWFKLQJ FDQ EH DGMXVWHG 7KH IXQFWLRQ
operates smoothly at a constant speed
corresponding to the set speed.
Rate
40%
When D/R is turned ON, the display will
show "D/R----", and the rudder angle (rate)
and EXP can be set when D/R is ON.
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHG
WKHPD[LPXPWKURZ:KHQPL[LQJLVDSSOLHGIURP
RQH FKDQQHO WR DQRWKHU FKDQQHO ERWK FKDQQHOV
FDQEHDGMXVWHGDWWKHVDPHWLPHE\DGMXVWLQJWKH
RSHUDWLRQUDWHWKURXJKWKH$)5IXQFWLRQ
ŏ6HOHFW >$)5@DWWKHPRGHO PHQXDQG FDOO
the setup screen shown below.
Curve select
EXP1, EXP2, Point curve
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Curve select
Separately ⇔ Combination
(Left and right
symmetrical
curve.)
Left/right, Up/down, overall
adjustment at Rate A and
Rate B
● Operation curve setting
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
Function selection
1. When the function select button is tapped, a selection screen appears.
2. Select the function you want to set at the selection screen.
● Group/single mode switch (Gr./Sngl)
(For more information, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
● Servo speed setting
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
124 < Model menu (Common Functions) >
Dual rate
100%
'5 FXUYHV ZKLFK FDQ EH VZLWFKHG E\ VZLWFK
HWFFDQEHDGGHG7KHFXUYHFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\WKH
$)5IXQFWLRQ
ŏ 8SWRUDWHVFDQEHDGGHGIRUHDFK
condition.
ŏ '5LVVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQGLVQRW
UHÁHFWHGDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV
ŏ '5DWWKHWRSRIWKH'5OLVWKDVSULRULW\
40%
ŏ6HOHFW>'XDOUDWH@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
call the setup screen shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
The ON/OFF switch of
dual rate is chosen.
Activate the D/R function
by tapping the [INH] .
Rate, EXP settings
are on AFR function
When the function select button
is tapped, a selection screen
appears.
Select the function you want to
set at the selection screen.
● Setting rudder angle, EXP
On this D/R screen you can set functions and
switchover switches. Rudder angle (rate) and EXP
settings are performed on the AFR screen when
the D/R switch is ON.
< Model menu (Common Functions) > 125
Program. mixes
3URJUDP PL[LQJ ZKLFK FDQ EH IUHHO\ FXVWRPL]HG 8S WR mixings can be used for each condition. [All model types]
3URJUDPPDEOH PL[LQJ PD\ EH XVHG WR FRUUHFW
XQGHVLUHGWHQGHQFLHVRIWKHDLUFUDIWDQGLWPD\DOVR
EHXVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJ
PHDQV WKDW WKH PRWLRQ RI D FRPPDQG FKDQQHO
FDOOHGWKHPDVWHULVDGGHGWRWKHPRWLRQRIWKH
PL[HGFKDQQHOFDOOHGVODYH
<RX PD\ FKRRVH WR KDYH WKH 0DVWHUV WULP
DGGHGWRWKH6ODYHFKDQQHOUHVSRQVHLI\RXGHVLUH
7ULPVHWWLQJ7KHPL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHFKDQJHG
VRWKDWWKHXQGHVLUHGWHQGHQFLHVFDQEHFRUUHFWHG
HIIHFWLYHO\E\VHWWLQJWKH(;3(;33RLQWPRGHV
2IIVHWW\SH PL[LQJ DSSOLHV D IL[HG RIIVHW RU
SUHVHWWRWKHSURJUDPPHGFKDQQHOVHUYRRSHUDWLRQ
DQGPD\FRQWUROXSWRIRXUFLUFXLWVVLPXOWDQHRXVO\
7KH3URJUDPPDEOHPL[LQJLQFOXGHVDSRZHUIXO
OLQNIXQFWLRQZKLFKDOORZV3URJUDPPDEOHPL[LQJ
WREHOLQNHGZLWKWKHVSHFLDOPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVRU
ZLWK RWKHU SURJUDPPDEOH PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQV7KH
OLQNIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHWXSIRU0DVWHUDQG6ODYH
FKDQQHOLQGLYLGXDOO\
ŏ7DSWKH>3URJPL[HV@EXWWRQLQWKH0RGHOPHQXWRFDOO
the setup screen shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Group/single mode
switch (Gr./Sngl)
(For more information,
see the description
at the back of this
manual.)
After this function is
activated, the master
and slave function
names (or offset mixing)
are displayed.
Mixing/Offset mode
switch
● Operation curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back of
this manual.)
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH] .
Trim mode setting ON/OFF.
The ON/OFF switch of
prog. mixes is chosen.
Master function
(or Stick, Switch, Dial)
is chosen.
Slave function is chosen.
Servo speed setting
126 < Model menu (Common Functions) >
Fine tuning trim
setting
The on time (start/stop
time) can be set up to 4
seconds. It is useful for
landing gear control of the
jet or scale plane, etc.
Setting methods
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
Activating functions for only the selected
conditions:
7DSWKH>*U@EXWWRQDQGVZLWFKWRWKH>6QJO@
mode.
(DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQWKH*U
DQG6QJOPRGHV
ŏ0L[LQJPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
Using the offset mode:
7DS WKH 0RGH EXWWRQ DQG VZLWFK WR WKH
2IIVHWPRGH
(DFK WLPH WKH EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG LW WRJJOHV EHWZHHQ WKH
0L[LQJDQG2IIVHWPRGHV
ŏ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
7RWXUQWKHWULPPRGH212))WDSWKH7ULP
button on the screen.
:KHQPL[LQJLQFOXGHVPDVWHUVLGHWULPVHWWKH7ULPEXWWRQ
WR>21@:KHQPL[LQJGRHVQRWLQFOXGHPDVWHUVLGHWULPVHW
WKH7ULPEXWWRQWR>2))@
(DFKWLPHWKLVEXWWRQLVSUHVVHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ>21@
DQG>2))@
7KLVLVHIIHFWLYHZKHQWKHPDVWHUFKDQQHOLVVHWE\)XQFWLRQ
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
1. Tap the curve type selection button of the
curve type you want to use to display the
selection screen. Then, select the curve you
want to use.
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ0L[LQJVHWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
1. Tap the button of the mixing you want to
set. The mixing setup screen is displayed.
Activate the function.
2. Activate the function by tapping the [INH]
button.
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ
1. When using the curve fine tuning function,
tap the [--] button of the Fine Tuning item to
call the <Switch> screen and then select the
lever, VR, etc. you want to use.
(DFKWLPHWKLVEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ>,1+@
DQG>212))@
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKH¿QHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH
WKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ0L[LQJ 212)) VZLWFK VHWWLQJ DQG 212))
direction switching
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
1. When setting the servo speed, tap the speed
button. The Servo speed setup screen is
displayed.
$Q 212)) VZLWFK LV QRW VHW HYHQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV
DFWLYDWHG
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR WXUQ PL[LQJ 212)) E\
switch, tap the [--] button to call the <Switch>
VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21
direction.
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK
VHWWLQJPHWKRG@DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ0DVWHU FKDQQHO VHWWLQJ H[FHSW RIIVHW W\SH
mixing)
7DS WKH 0DVWHU EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH )XQFWLRQ
menu and select the master channel.
7R OLQN WKLV PL[LQJ ZLWK RWKHU PL[LQJ WDS WKH
/LQNEXWWRQ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHHWKH
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
2IIVHW PL[LQJ FKDQJHV WKH VSHHG 8VH WKH 6SHHG ,Q DQG
6SHHG2XWEXWWRQVWRUHDGMXVWWKHVSHHG
7KHPL[LQJVZLWFKFDQVHWDGHOD\ZLWKDGLIIHUHQWUDWHDW
VWDUWLQJDQGVWRSSLQJ
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVLQDFWLYHZKHQDPL[LQJVZLWFKLVQRWVHW
(DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQPL[LQJ
GLUHFWLRQDQGDQG2))QROLQN
0DVWHUFKDQQHOFRQWUROFDQEHVHWWRVWLFN95DQGRWKHU
VLPSOHWUDYHOVZKLFKGRQRWLQFOXGH(QGSRLQW$)5'5
PL[LQJVHWWLQJHWF,QWKLVFDVHGLVSOD\WKH)XQFWLRQ+
:!VFUHHQE\WDSSLQJWKH>6WLFN6ZLWFK'LDO@EXWWRQDQG
WKHQVHOHFWPDVWHUFKDQQHOVLGHFRQWURO
ŏ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
1. Tap the Slave button to call the Function
menu and select the slave channel.
7R OLQN WKLV PL[LQJ ZLWK RWKHU PL[LQJ WDS WKH
/LQNEXWWRQ
(DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVSUHVVHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQPL[LQJ
GLUHFWLRQDQGDQG2))QROLQN
< Model menu (Common Functions) > 127
MODEL MENU (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter functions)
The dedicated mixes, etc. usable when airplane
or glider model type is selected are displayed
in this Model menu functions section. First use
the Model type function of the Linkage menu to
preset the model type, wing type, and tail type
matched to the fuselage used. Other settings reset
the data used in mixing function, etc.
These dedicated mixes can be set for each
flight condition, as required. When you want to
use the system by switching the settings for each
condition by switch or stick position, use the
&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
(Up to 8 conditions can be used)
Note: The T16SZ is designed so that the airplane and
glider model types can handle aircraft of the same
wing type.
The functions common to airplanes and gliders,
except some dedicated functions, are summarized
without regard to the model type.
The setting items are different, depending on the
number of servos, etc. according to the wing type
used. The setup screens in the instruction manual
are typical examples.
Tap this icon to
go to the model
menu.
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ
name and return to
the Home screen.
(Model menu screen example)
*The Model menu screen
depends on the model type.
ŰƒƇƈƏŃƐƈƑƘŃŋŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒŪƏƌƇƈƕŒŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŌŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ
Aileron differential
This function adjusts the left and right ailerons.
5ROOD[LVFRUUHFWLRQDQG¿QHWXQLQJZLWKD95DUHDOVR
possible. This is convenient when making settings
GXULQJÀLJKW
[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
Flap setting
The flaps can be adjusted independently. For a 4
flaps model, the camber flaps can be mixed with the
EUDNHÀDSV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL → Camber Àap
This mix operates the camber flaps in the aileron
mode. It improves the operation characteristic of the
UROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@
AILĺ Brake Àap
This mix operates the brake flaps in the aileron
mode. It improves the operation characteristic of the
UROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
Aileronĺ Rudder
This mix is used when you want to operate the
rudder at aileron operation. Banking at a shallow bank
angle is possible. [Airplane/glider, general]
ElevatorĺCamber
This mix is used when you want to the mix camber
flaps with elevator operation. Lifting force can be
increased at elevators up. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or
more]
128 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Camber mixing
Air brake
This mix adjusts the camber and corrects the
elevators. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
Airbrakeĺ ELE
This mix is used to correct operation of the airbrakes
(spoilers) when landing. [Airplane/glider, general]
Camber ÀapĺELE
This mix is used to correct for attitude changes when
the camber flaps are being used. [Airplane/glider, 2
DLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH@
RudderĺAileron
This function is used to correct roll knife edge, etc.
of stunt planes. [Airplane/glider, general]
RudderĺElevator
This function is used to correct roll maneuvers, knife
edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane, general]
ButterÀy (Crow)
This function is used when powerful brake operation
is necessary. [Glider, 2 ailerons or more]
Trim mix 1/2
The ailerons, elevators, and flaps trim offset rate
can be called by switch or condition selection. [Glider
general]
Snap roll
This function selects the snap roll switch and adjusts
the steering angle of each rudder. Servo speed can also
be adjusted. [Airplane general]
This function is used when airbrakes are necessary
when landing or when diving, etc. during flight.
[Airplane, general]
Gyro
This is a dedicated mix when a GYA Series gyro is
used. [Airplane/glider/multicopter, general]
Ailevator
This function adjusts the elevators and ailerons of
models with elevator specifications. [Airplane/glider,
HOHYDWRUVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
Acceleration
Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden
(OHYDWRU(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUDQG$LOĺ5XGGHU>*OLGHU
general]
Motor
The operation speed when the motor of F5B
and other EP gliders is started by switch can be set.
[Airplane/glider, general]
V-Tail
This function adjusts the elevators and rudder of
9WDLOPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
Winglet
This function adjusts the left and right rudders of
ZLQJOHWPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHWVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
AIR BRAKE
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
(RUDDER 2)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AILVATOR
RUDDER
(ELEVATOR 2)
ELEVATOR
(AILERON 5)
ELEVATOR 2
(AILERON 6)
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 129
Aileron differential
[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. The differential rate can
also be adjusted according to the flying state by
VHWWLQJD¿QHWXQLQJ95
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
ŏ6HOHFW>$LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDO@DWWKHPRGHO
menu and call the setup screen shown
below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
Currently selected condition name
Aileron differential
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
(For more information, see
the description at the back
of this manual.)
Aileron left/right
adjustment
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the Model Type.
Fine tuning VR setting
*The graph is operated by setting a VR, etc.
Aileron differential
● Fine tuning VR operation curve setting
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
Setting method
ŏ7DS WR WKH DLOHURQ $,/ a OHIW RU ULJKW
setting item.
Adjust the aileron angles.
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ WKH ILQH WXQLQJ 95 WDS WKH item and tap the screen to call the selection
VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95
ŏ7KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
130 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/
JOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH@
Flap setting
The up/down travel of each flap (camber flaps:
FLP1/2, brake flaps: FLP3/4) can be adjusted
independently at each servo according to the wing type.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH
offset
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
7KHFDPEHUÀDSVRIDÀDSPRGHOFDQEHPL[HG
ZLWKWKHEUDNHÀDSV%UDNH)/3WRFDPEHU)/3
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ6HOHFW>)ODSVHWWLQJ@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
call the setup screen shown below.
Currently selected condition name
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
(For more information, see
the description at the back
of this manual.)
Up side/Down side
adjustment
Operation reference
point offset
Camber flap setting
Brake flap setting
Operation is performed via the volume
switches, etc., set for each flap control of the
function.
The operational volume
switch is set up by "Function"
Mixing
INH ⇔ ON
Up side/Down side
adjustment
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Operation reference
point offset
Brake flap to Camber flap setting
Setting method
ŏ7DSÁDS)/3aXSRUGRZQDFFRUGLQJWR
the wing type.
Adjust the travel independently.
ŏ 7R RIIVHW WKH RSHUDWLRQ UHIHUHQFH SRLQW RI
HDFKÁDSWDSWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJRIIVHWLWHP
8VHWKH ʈʈʈʆʆʆEXWWRQ WR RIIVHW
the reference point.
ŏ:KHQXVLQJEUDNH)/3WRFDPEHU)/3PL[LQJ
*The display screen is an
example. The actual screen
depends on the Model
Type.
WDSWKH>,1+@LWHPDQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ21LV
GLVSOD\HG
:KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI
the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen. Then, select the switch and
VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 131
AIL → Camber flap
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/
JOLGHUDLOHURQVÁDSVRUPRUH
This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps
perform aileron operation simultaneously and
the operation characteristic of the roll axis is
improved.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
FDQEHÀQHWXQHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ń&DPEHU IODS@ DW WKH
model menu and call the setup
screen shown below.
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
Currently selected condition name
AIL
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Left/right overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
AIL
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Adjustment of each
flap servo
To set linking, tap to
the [OFF] item
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI
the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen, and then select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7DSWKHOHIWRUULJKWLWHPRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
Adjust the mixing rate.
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
SRODULW\RU
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHWSDJH
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHPL[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJWDSWKH>/LQN@LWHP
6HWLWWR21DQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ
132 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/
JOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
AIL → Brake flap
This mix operates the brake flaps (FLP3/4)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the aileron and brake flaps
perform the aileron operation simultaneously
and the operation characteristic of the roll axis is
improved.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWDQGULJKWPL[LQJUDWHVFDQEH
DGMXVWHGIRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ń %UDNH IODS@ DW WKH PRGHO
menu and call the setup screen shown
below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
Currently selected condition name
AIL
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
Left/right overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
AIL
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Adjustment of each
flap servo
To set linking, tap to
the [OFF] item
ƔSetting method
ŏ7DSWKH,1+LWHP
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP
of the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen, and then select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7DSWKHOHIWRUULJKWEXWWRQRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
Adjust the mixing rate.
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by reversing the mixing rate
SRODULW\RU
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJWDSWKH/LQNLWHP
6HWLWWR21DQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 133
[Corresponding model type]:
Airplane/glider, general
Aileron → Rudder
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
)
V-TAIL
RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
ŏ 6HOHFW >$LOHURQń 5XGGHU@ DW WKH
model menu and call the setup
screen shown below.
Aileron
Rudder
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Currently selected condition name
→
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Left/right overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
Aileron → Rudder
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
Fine tuning VR setting
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Operation mode
Adjustment rate
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP
of the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen, and then select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WR WKH )LQH 7XQLQJ
LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH
DGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH95RSHUDWLRQ
mode can also be selected.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
>)LQHWXQLQJ95RSHUDWLRQPRGH@
>/,1@ 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5 :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
increases and decreases, respectively.
>$7/@0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
increases.
>$7/@ 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
increases.
>6<0@:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
right of the neutral position, the mixing
rate increases.
134 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Elevator → Camber
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more
This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
WKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\XSHOHYDWRUDQGOLIWFDQ
be increased.
ŏ6HOHFW>(OHYDWRUń&DPEHU@DWWKHPRGHO
menu and call the setup screen shown
below.
Elevator → Camber
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Note: Tailless wing elevator can be operated
when this mix is activated.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
Currently selected condition name
Overall adjustment by
Rate A and Rate B.
Elevator → Camber
The value inside the
parentheses shows the
current rudder position.
Ailerons and flaps rate
adjustment
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Elevator → Camber
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
Fine tuning VR setting
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Operation mode
Adjustment rate
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI
the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen, and then select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ
LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH
adjustment rate can be set.
7 K H 9 5 R S H U D W L R Q P R G H F D Q D O V R E H
selected.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 135
Camber mixing
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more
This function adjusts the rate of camber
operation which operates the wing camber
(ailerons, camber flaps, brake flaps) in the
negative and positive directions. The aileron,
flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted
independently by curve, and attitude changes
caused by camber operation can be corrected.
*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.
ŏ7KHXSGRZQVLGHUDWHVRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQG
HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\FXUYH:KHQ
WKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHGE\WKHOLQNDJH
adjustments can be made by changing the
PL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW
VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ
be set.
ŏ7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUVHUYRV
FDQEHVHW,QVLGH2XWVLGH
ŏ6HOHFW>&DPEHUPL[LQJ@DWWKHPRGHO
menu and call the setup screen
shown below.
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Currently selected condition name
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Servo speed setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Condition delay cut
switch
Condition delay setting
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Ailerons, flaps
and elevators rate
adjustment
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
136 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Overall adjustment by
Rate A and Rate B.
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP
of the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen, and then select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D FRQGLWLRQ GHOD\ WDS WR WKH
[Condition delay] item.
Set the delay.
&XUYHUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ
ŏ 7KH FXUYH DQG UDWH DUH DGMXVWHG E\ FDOOLQJ
the aileron, flap, and elevator curve/rate
screens.
The rate and curve of each servo can be set
E\FDOOLQJHDFKVFUHHQ)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRI
the curve setting method, see the description
DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
The servo speed can also be adjusted.
:KHQ VHWWLQJ D FXW VZLWFK WDS >&XWVZLWFK@
and tap the screen to call the selection
screen, and then select the switch and set its
21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FRQGLWLRQ GHOD\
IXQFWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ DWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
LS
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 137
Airbrake → ELE
[Corresponding model type]:
Airplane/glider, general
AIR BRAKE
This mix is used when you want to mix the
elevators with airbrake (spoiler) operation. It
raises the elevators to correct for dropping of the
nose during airbrake operation.
*This function does not operate when airbrake is not assigned
at the Function menu in the Linkage menu.
ŏ7KH5DWHVLGH5DWHVLGHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH
elevator servos can be adjusted.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ŏ 6HOHFW >$LUEUDNHń (/(@ DW WKH PRGHO
menu and call the setup screen shown
below.
AILVATOR
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
ELEVATOR 2
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
Currently selected condition name
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Up/Down overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
Adjustment of
elevator servo
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Fine tuning
setting
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI
the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen, and then select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
this manual.
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ
LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH
DGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH95RSHUDWLRQ
mode can also be set.
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
138 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Camber flap → ELE
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/
glider, DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH
This mixing is used to correct changes (elevator
GLUHFWLRQJHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHFDPEHUÀDSVVSHHG
ÀDSVDUHXVHG
ŏ7KHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVXSVLGHGRZQVLGHUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG
E\WKHOLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\
FKDQJLQJWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU²
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ŏ 6HOHFW >&DPEHU IODSń(/(@ DW WKH PRGHO
menu and call the setup screen shown
below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
AILVATOR
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
ELEVATOR 2
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
Currently selected condition name
Camber flap → ELE
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
Up/Down overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
Camber flap → ELE
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
Adjustment of
elevator servo
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Fine tuning
setting
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP
of the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen. Then, select the switch and
VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ7DSHOHYDWRUVHUYRV$GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWH
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or –).
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ item and tap the screen to call the selection
VFUHHQ DQG WKHQ VHOHFW WKH 95 7KH 95
operation mode can be selected.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDO
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 139
Rudder → Aileron
[Corresponding model type]:
Airplane/glider, general
This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder operation. It is used
when rudder is applied during roll maneuvers,
knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. It can be used to
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full
size plane.
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
(
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
)
(
)
V-TAIL
RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
ŏ6HOHFW>5XGGHUń$LOHURQ@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
Currently selected condition name
and call the setup screen shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Left/right overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
To set linking, tap to
the [OFF] item
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP
of the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen. Then, select the switch and
VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WR WKH )LQH WXQLQJ
LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH
adjustment rate can be set.
Fine tuning
setting
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ OLQNLQJ WDS WKH >/LQN@ LWHP 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
140 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Rudder → Elevator
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane, general
This function is used when you want to mix
elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used
to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder
is applied in roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of
acrobatic planes.
ŏ/LQNFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[LQJWRRWKHUPL[LQJV
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
)LQHWXQLQJ
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ 6HOHFW >5XGGHUń(OHYDWRU@ DW WKH
model menu and call the setup
screen shown below.
Currently selected condition name
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
(For a description of the
setting method, see the
description at the back
of this manual.)
Up/Down overall
adjustment at Rate A
and Rate B
Activate the function by
tapping the [INH].
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
To set linking, tap to
the [OFF] item
Fine tuning
setting
Setting method
ŏ7DS>,1+@
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP
of the switch and tap the screen to call the
selection screen. Then, select the switch and
VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ
LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH
adjustment rate can be set.
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ :KHQ OLQNLQJ WDS WKH >/LQN@ LWHP 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 141
Butterfly
[Corresponding model type]: Glider, 2 ailerons or more
This function allows powerful brake operation
by simultaneously raising the left and right
ailerons and lowering the flaps (camber flap,
EUDNHÀDS
This setting will allow the ailerons to be raised
while the flaps are simultaneously lowered.
Butterfly (crow) produces an extremely efficient
landing configuration by accomplishing the
following:
1. Slow the aircraft’s velocity.
3URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH
the tendency to tip stall.
3. Create more lift toward the center of the
ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
When using this
function, Tap [INH].
(ON is displayed.)
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHEXWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEH
RIIVHW:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGZLWKWKHRIIVHW
item selected when operated to the position to
EHFKDQJHGWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLVRIIVHW,IWKH
reference point is offset too much, unexpected
operation may be performed.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQVDQGÁDSVRSHUDWLRQVSHHGFDQEH
DGMXVWHG,QVLGH2XWVLGH
ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW
VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ
also be set.
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
*When servo binding occurs when setting the ailerons and
ÀDSVLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJXVHWKH$)5IXQFWLRQWRDGMXVWWKH
rate.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ 6HOHFW >%XWWHUIO\@ DW WKH PRGHO
menu and call the setup screen
shown below.
To next page
In speed
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /
Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
Out speed
Condition delay setting
Condition delay cut
switch
The differential rate
can be adjusted.
(First)0 ∼ 27
(Slowly)
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the Model Type.
When offsetting the butterfly operation
reference point, operate to the throttle
stick point you want to change and then
touch the Offset button. The reference
point displays 0%. When [Yes] is touched,
the reference point is changed. Then,
"Initialize elevator curve?" appears,
allowing you to confirm your setting.
142 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Select the Mixing Rate
AIL and FLP box. Adjust
the mixing rates.
Elevator rate
adjustment
(To elevator curve setup screen)
(Elevator correction rate setup screen)
The offset position is
indicated by a red dotted
line by an elevator curve.
Overall adjustment
by Rate A and Rate B
Mixing curve setting
*For a description of the curve setting method,
see the description at the back of this manual.
FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 143
[Corresponding model type]: Glider, general
Trim mix 1/2
These functions call the ailerons, elevators, and
ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSVEUDNHÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHV
SUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWH
The amount of ailerons, elevator, and flaps
FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDSWULPRIIVHWFDQEHVHWWR
a switch.
As an example Trim mix 1 can be set up for
ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURSSHG
and a slight amount of up elevator. Trim mix
2 can be used for high speed flying, with both
DLOHURQVDQGVSHHGÀDSVUHÀH[HGVOLJKWO\DQGDELW
of down elevator.
The trim functions can be activated during
ÀLJKWE\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK7RSUHYHQWVXGGHQWULP
FKDQJHVZKHQVZLWFKLQJÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\
can be set to provide a smooth transition between
the two. Trim mix 2 will have priority over Trim
mix 1.
Example
0RYHWRWKH>,1+@LWHP. Set the trim mix function to
>21@
*When separating the settings for each condition, move to
the [Group] item and set it to [Single].
6HOHFWWKH212))VZLWFK
3. Select the [Manual] or [Auto] mode.
,QWKH>$XWR@PRGHDOVRVHOHFWDQDXWR6:7KLV
VZLWFKFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFNHWF
<Speed>
,Q7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGDWVZLWFK21FDQEHVHW
2XW7KHUHWXUQVSHHGDWVZLWFK2))FDQEHVHW
)LQH7XQLQJ!
7KHRIIVHWUDWHFDQEHYDULHGLQWKH)LQH7XQLQJ
QXPHULFUDQJHVHWDWVFUHHQE\95HWFVHOHFWLRQ
<Condition Delay>
:KHQÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDUHVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG
can be set for each condition. Condition delay
operation can be interrupted and each rudder
TXLFNO\UHWXUQHGWRLWVRULJLQDOSRVLWLRQE\VHOHFWLQJD
cut switch.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the Model Type.
ŏ 6HOHFW >7ULP PL[ RU @ DW WKH PRGHO
menu and call the setup screen
shown below.
When using this
function, Tap [INH].
(ON is displayed.)
To next page
The ON/OFF switch of
mixing is chosen.
In speed
Manual/Auto mode
selection
Manual: Switches the
function ON/OFF by
switch
Auto: Trim mix function
call can be linked to a
stick, etc. A stick switch,
etc. separate from the
function ON/OFF switch
is set.
Out speed
Condition delay cut
switch
Condition delay setting
When a fine tuning VR
is set, the trim rates
of ailerons, flaps and
elevators can be adjusted.
(First)0 ∼ 27
(Slowly)
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
The value inside the
parentheses shows the
current rudder position.
The offset rate of ailerons, flaps and elevators can be adjusted.
Tap to the corresponding setting item. Adjust the rate.
144 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Snap roll
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane, general
(Example) Setting example for F3A
This function selects the switch and rate
adjustment of each rudder, (ailerons, elevators, or
ÀDSVZKHQDVQDSUROOLVSHUIRUPHG
ŏ)RXUVQDSUROOGLUHFWLRQVFDQEHVHW5LJKWXS
ULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
WKH6QDS5ROOIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHG212))E\PDVWHU
switch in the state in which the direction switch
was switched to the direction in which you want
WRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHGVQDS
roll in each direction can be executed by means
of independent switches.
ŏ$VDIHW\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUH
the switch can be set so that snap roll is not
executed when, for instance, the landing
gear is lowered, even if the switch is turned on
accidentally. The snap roll switch is activated only
ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV21
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
ÁDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUHDFKVQDSUROO
GLUHFWLRQ,QVLGHRXWVLGH
ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@
ŏ6DIHW\6:>6:*@6DIHW\PHDVXUH
ŏ 0 D V W H U 6 : > 6 : + @ 0 D L Q V Z L W F K I R U
H[HFXWLQJVQDSUROO
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
*The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and
right direction switches are selected here.
5LJKW8S>6:'@2))2))21
5LJKW'RZQ>6:'@212))2))
/HIW8S>6:$@2))2))21
/HIW'RZQ>6:$@212))2))
ŏ6SHHGDGMXVWPHQW
The operation speed of each control
VXUIDFH ZKHQ WKH VQDS VZLWFK LV 21 FDQ
be changed and snap roll executed by
VWLFNZKLOHWKHUHLVVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
performed.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6QDS UROO@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX
and call the setup screen shown
The ON/OFF switch
below.
of snap roll is chosen.
The safety switch is
chosen.
To next page
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Master or Single is
chosen
Condition group/
single mode
selection (Gr. /Sngl)
Snap roll
directions
Master mode : Direction
switches
Single mode : Snap roll
switches
Aileron, elevator and
Rudder rate adjustment
In speed
Out speed
(First)0 ∼ 27
(Slowly)
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 145
Air brake
This function is used when an air brake is
necessary when landing or diving, etc.
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap,
brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a
switch.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. (In side/Out side) A delay can be set
for each condition, and a Cut switch which will
turn OFF the delay can be chosen. Trim amounts
FDQEHILQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95<RXFDQDOVR
set the Auto Mode, which will link Airbrake to a
stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or
dial can also be set as the ON/OFF switch.
Elevator
Aileron 2
Aileron 1
ŏ6HOHFW>$LUEUDNH@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
setup screen shown below.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the Model Type.
To next page
When using this
function, Tap [INH].
(ON is displayed.)
In speed
The ON/OFF switch of
air brake is chosen.
Manual/Auto mode
selection
Manual: Switches the
function ON/OFF by
switch
Auto: Air brake function
call can be linked to a
stick, etc. A stick switch,
etc. separate from the
function ON/OFF switch
is set.
Out speed
Condition delay
setting and cut switch
setting.
Fine tuning setting
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
The value inside the
parentheses shows the
current rudder position.
146 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
(First)0 ∼ 27
(Slowly)
Offset:The offset
rate of ailerons, flaps,
and elevators can be
a d j u s t e d . Ta p t o t h e
corresponding setting
item. Adjust the rate.
Fine tuning:When a fine
tuning VR is set on the
next page, the ailerons',
flaps', and elevators' trim
rates can be adjusted.
Tap to the corresponding
setting item. Adjust the
rate.
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider/multicopter, general
Gyro
This function is used when a GYA Series gyro
is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The
sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/GY
mode) can be switched with a switch.
ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEH
switched.
ŏ8SWRD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEH
simultaneously controlled.
*Initial setting does not assign a sensitivity channel. Use the
Function menu of the Linkage menu to assign the sensitivity
channel (Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3) used to a vacant channel
beforehand.
6HW>&RQWURO@DQG>7ULP@RWKHUWKDQ)XQFWLRQWR>@
ŏ6HOHFW>*\UR@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
call the setup screen shown below.
Tapping this will change INH to either ON or OFF
and enable operation. Adjustment of the three
rates (sensitivity) and switching between Normal
and AVCS is possible.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Condition group/
single mode selection
(Gr. /Sngl)
The ON/OFF switch of
gyro is chosen.
The operation mode
(AVCS/NOR) and
sensitivity of the 3
axes Gyro/Gyro2/
Gyro3 can be set.
3 rate (gyro gain)
adjustment
ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEHXVHG
7DSWRWKH>5DWH@LWHP$GMXVWWKHUDWH
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ7DS>,1+@
ŏ :KHQ D )XWDED *<$ J\UR LV XVHG ZKHQ >*<@ W\SH LV VHOHFWHG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6DQG1RUPDOPRGHV
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKWDSWKH6ZLWFKLWHPDQGWDSWKHEXWWRQWRFDOO
WKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDW
WKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 147
(Example) Setting three axis using a G<A44 and G<A441 (2)
ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG
ŏ6HW 5CH → Gyro*<$$,/ 7CH → Gyro2*<$(/( 8CH → Gyro3*<$58' Control and Trim → "--" : at
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
ŏ*\URVHWWLQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQX
Rate
1
2
3
ACT
OFF/ON
INH
ON/OFF
Type
GY
Switch
SE
Gyro
AVCS : 60%
Gyro 2
AVCS : 60%
Gyro 3
AVCS : 60%
GY
SE
Normal : 60%
Normal : 60%
Normal : 60%
*Set so that Rate 1 is turned on at the back position of switch E
and Rate 3 is turned ON at the front position. Since switch E is R7008SB
turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].
GYA441
Aileron servo
AVCS
GAIN 0%
S.BUS2 port
GYA441
NORMAL
Elevator servo
When AVCS is used we
recommend that the
sensitivity CH be set to
the 3-position.
GYA440
148 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Rudder servo
Ailevator
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, Tail type
(Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)
Ailevator
This function improves the operating
performance of the roll axis by operating the
elevators as ailerons.
Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard
FRQYHQWLRQDORUYWDLOPRYHVLQGHSHQGHQWO\OLNH
ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side
moving up and down together, each side moves in
opposite directions when moving as an ailevator.
2Q D9WDLO WKLV LV DOVR NQRZQ DV D UXGGHUYDWRU
as they can serve the same purpose. Typically,
both ailevator and ailerons are coupled together to
maximize roll performance, especially on larger
wingspan planes.
ELEVATOR
(AILERON 5)
ELEVATOR 2
(AILERON 6)
Note: Select ailevator as the Model type at the
Model type screen. This changes the output
FKDQQHO&KHFNWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
ŏ6HOHFW>$LOHYDWRU@DWWKHPRGHO
menu and call the setup screen
shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Condition group/
single mode
selection (Gr. /Sngl)
(Elevator function)
The up and down rates of the left and
right elevators when the elevator stick is
manipulated can be individually adjusted.
(Aileron function)
When the elevators are used as
ailerons, aileron travel of the left and
right elevators can be adjusted.
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Tap to the item you want to adjust.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
buttons.
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
SRODULW\RU
,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out
of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 149
Acceleration
[Corresponding model type]: Glider, general
Acceleration setting can be performed at Elevator,
(OHYDWRU ĺ &DPEHU DQG$LOHURQ ĺ 5XGGHU *OLGHU
only)
ŏ7KLVVHWWLQJLVGLYLGHGLQWRHOHYDWRUVHWWLQJDQGFDPEHU
setting. The setting method is the same.
ŏ&DPEHUVHWWLQJVHWVWKHDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQIRU(OH
WRFDPEHUPL[LQJ6HWWLQJLVQRWSHUIRUPHGZKHQ(OHWR
FDPEHUPL[LQJLV,1+
ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHWIRUERWKWKHXS
side and down side.
ŏ)XQFWLRQ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJLVSHUIRUPHGIRU
$LOHURQń5XGGHUVHWWLQJRQO\
ŏ$LOHURQń5XGGHUVHWWLQJLVDFFHOHUDWLRQ
IXQFWLRQVHWWLQJIRU$LOHURQń5XGGHUPL[LQJ,WLVQRW
SHUIRUPHGZKHQ$LOHURQń5XGGHUPL[LQJLV,1+
ŏ 6HOHFW >$FFHOHUDWLRQ@ DW WKH PRGHO
menu and call the setup screen shown
below.
When using this
function, Tap [INH].
(ON is displayed.)
Condition group/
single mode selection
(Gr. /Sngl)
To next page
2/3 : Elevator → Camber
3/3 : Aileron → Rudder
Operation up to this
range will initiate
acceleration.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Act position
The rate the angle
increases.
Current position
The return time after operation (Damping)
can be set.
(First return)1 ∼ 100(Slow return)
(Acceleration doesn't function as 0.)
Setting method
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KH UHWXUQ WLPH DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ 'DPSLQJ
can be set.
ŏ 7 K H R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q
DQG GHFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW :KHQ DQ
operation point is exceeded, acceleration is
performed.
1RWH :KHQ XVLQJ WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ
VLQFH WKH VHUYR VWURNH LV ODUJH PDNH \RXU
VHWWLQJVVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJRI\RXUOLQNDJH
150 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
[Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, general
Motor
This function lets you set the operation speed
when the motor of an F5B or other EP glider is
started by switch. The operation speed can be set
in 2 ranges of slow speed flight and high speed
ÀLJKW6SHHG6SHHG7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQDOVREH
operated as a safety function by setting 2 switches.
ŏ7KHLQVLGHDQGRXWVLGHRSHUDWLQJVSHHGVFDQEH
DGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV6SHHG
6SHHG
ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW
)URPVSHHGWRVSHHG
ŏ6HOHFW>0RWRU@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
call the setup screen shown below.
ŏ7KHVHWRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
DFWLYDWHGDWLQLWLDORSHUDWLRQRQO\WLPH
RSHUDWLRQ+RZHYHURSHUDWLRQFDQEHUHSHDWHG
E\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHRSHUDWLRQLV
ÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWLPHRSHUDWLRQ
VHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQGWKHQUHVHWLWWR
>21@
ŏ7KHPRWRU&+LVFRQWUROOHGE\6:*,QLWLDO
VHWWLQJ:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHVZLWFKRUVWLFNZKLFK
FRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRIWKH
/LQNDJHPHQX
Note: When using this function, always check initial
operation with the propeller removed.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ7DS>,1+@
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
)RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ
DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ6ZLWFK
A switch that turns the function itself
212))FDQEHVHOHFWHG
ŏ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQ
7DSWKHPRWRURIIEXWWRQZKHQ>6:*@LVLQ
WKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHW7KH
direction of the motor switch is memorized.
7KHVFUHHQJUDSKGLVSOD\2))GLUHFWLRQDOVR
changes.
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ7DS>,1+@
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKH2QHWLPHPRGH
WDS WR WKH >2QH WLPH@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH
screen.
ŏ6SHHGWR
The speed 1 and speed 2 region boundary
can be changed,
ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW
The speed when speed 1 and speed 2 are
21,QDQG2))2XWFDQEHDGMXVWHG
Notes
ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ
VHWWKHVSHHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWKH
PRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDOVRUHVHWWKHVSHHG
ŏ:HUHFRPPHQGWKDWPRWRU2))EHVHWLQ
FRPELQDWLRQZLWK)6
ŏ6HWWKHEDVLFRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKHUHYHUVH
IXQFWLRQWRPDWFKWKH(6&XVHG
ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 151
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU7DLOW\SH9WDLO
V-Tail
This function lets you adjust for left and right rudder
angle changes at elevator and rudder operation of a
9WDLODLUSODQH
9WDLOLVZKHQVHUYRVDUHXVHGWRJHWKHUWRFRQWURO
rudder movement as elevators. In addition to each
rudder side moving up and down together, each side
moves in opposite directions when moving as elevators.
2QD9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVDUXGGHUYDWRUDVWKH\
can serve the same purpose.
ELEVATOR
(RUDDER 2)
RUDDER
(ELEVATOR 2)
ŏ6HOHFW>97DLO@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
the setup screen shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Condition group/
single mode
selection (Gr. /Sngl)
(Elevator function)
Up and down travel adjustment at
CH1 and CH2 elevator operation
(Rudder function)
Left and right travel adjustment at
CH1 and CH2 rudder operation
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Tap to the item you want to adjust.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
buttons.
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
SRODULW\RU
,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out
of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
152 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) >
Winglet
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW58'
This function adjusts the left and right rudder
angles of airplanes with winglets.
Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of
DLUFUDIW ORZHULQJ WKH OLIWLQGXFHG GUDJ FDXVHG E\
wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled
extension at the tips of each wing.
Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect
ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural
stress and hence necessary weight of its structure
DQ H[WHQVLRQ RI ZLQJ VSDQ ZRXOG DOVR SHUPLW
lowering of induced drag, though it would cause
parasitic drag and would require boosting the
VWUHQJWKRIWKHZLQJDQGKHQFHLWVZHLJKWWKHUH
would come a point at which no overall useful
saving would be made. A winglet helps to solve this
by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without
adding to the span of the wing.
RUDDER 1
Winglet
(at Flying
wing )
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
ŏ6HOHFW>:LQJOHW@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
call the setup screen shown below.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Condition group/
single mode
selection (Gr. /Sngl)
(Rudder 1/2)
The travel at rudder stick left and right
operation can be individually set.
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Tap to the item you want to adjust.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
buttons.
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
SRODULW\RU
< Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 153
MODEL MENU (Helicopter functions)
This section contains information on the
commands that apply to helicopters only. For
instructions on airplane, glider and multicopter,
refer to the sections pertaining to those aircraft.
Use the Model type function in the Linkage
menu to select the swash type matched to the
fuselage beforehand.
◆ Condition hold
When performing adjustments, such as idling up, when
the engine is engaged, keep the throttle stable so as to prevent
the engine from revving too high. Once your adjustments are
complete, always make sure to set the function to [OFF].
WARNING
Also, add flight conditions at the Condition
Select screen if necessary before setting the model
data at each function. (Up to 8 conditions can be
used)
The AFR function, dual rate function and other
functions common to all model types, are described
in a separate section.
*Condition hold ON/OFF operation is possible under normal
conditions and the throttle stick is more than 1/3rd into the slow
throttle range. Throttle servos will remain at the throttle stick
position during ON operation.
● ON/OFF operation on the Home screen
Under the conditions described above, tap the Condition hold
For safety reasons, when performing individual [OFF] displayed on the screen.
adjustments it is recommended that you shut off
During function operation, Condition hold will display [ON]
the engine and disconnect the motor to prevent
and an alarm will sound.
rotation.
*Sudden, abrupt rotation can result in death or serious injury.
Tap this icon to
go to the model
menu.
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ
QDPH DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKH+RPHVFUHHQ
Program.mixes
(Model menu screen example)
*The Model menu screen
depends on the model type.
ŰƒƇƈƏŃƐƈƑƘŃŋūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŌŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ
Pitch curve: Pitch curve and hovering trim adjustment
Throttle curve: Throttle curve and hovering trim adjustment
Acceleration: Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden throttle and pitch commands
Throttle hold: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation
Swash mixing: Compensates for each control response
Throttle mixing: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied
PitchĺNeedle:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHFXUYHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
PitchĺRudder: Handles torque changes from pitch angle inputs
Gyro: Used to switch gyro sensitivity
Governor: Used to switch RPM of the helicopter’s head
154 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
Pitch curve / Pitch trim
ųƌƗƆƋŃƆƘƕƙƈ
This function adjusts the pitch operation curve
IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQIRUWKHRSWLPDOÀLJKWVWDWH
relative to movement of the throttle stick.
ŏ 6HOHFW >3LWFK FXUYH@ DW WKH PRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ
*Up to 17 points can be set for the point curve types.
+RZHYHUZKHQXVLQJWKHSRLQWVRUSRLQWVVSHFL¿HGWR
create a curve, a simple curve can be created by reducing
the number of input points to 3 or 5, and then entering the
VSHFL¿HGYDOXHDWWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSRLQWVWKDW\RXFUHDWHG
a curve.
Currently selected condition name
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
Point curve type is 9
points (initial), but for
simple use, 4 5 points
are sufficient.
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the description at
the back of this manual.
Normal curve adjustment
ŏ )RU QRUPDO FXUYH XVXDOO\ XVH >3RLQW@ W\SH
DQG FUHDWH D EDVLF SLWFK FXUYH FHQWHUHG
DERXW KRYHULQJ 8VH WKLV IXQFWLRQ WRJHWKHU
ZLWK WKH 7+5 FXUYH QRUPDO IXQFWLRQ DQG
DGMXVWWKHFXUYHVRWKDWXSGRZQFRQWUROLV
EHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG
Idle up curve adjustment
ŏ )RU WKH KLJK VLGH SLWFK FXUYH VHW WKH
PD[LPXP SLWFK ZKLFK GRHV RYHUORDG WKH
HQJLQH)RUWKHORZVLGHSLWFKFXUYHFUHDWH
FXUYHV PDWFKHG WR ORRS UROO ' DQG
RWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGXVHWKHLGOHXSFXUYHV
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH
Throttle hold curve adjustment
ŏ 7KH WKURWWOH KROG FXUYH LV XVHG ZKHQ
H[HFXWLQJDXWRURWDWLRQGLYHV
Operation precautions
WARNING
When actually starting the engine and
flying, always set the idle up condition
switch to OFF and start the engine in
the idling state.
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 155
Setting method
ŏ *URXS6LQJOH LWHP :KHQ \RX DOVR ZDQW WR
LQSXW WKH VDPH VHWWLQJ FRQWHQWV DW RWKHU
FRQGLWLRQV SHUIRUP VHWWLQJ LQ WKH JURXS
PRGH ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VDPH FRQWHQWV DUH
LQSXWWRWKHRWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHWLQWKHJURXS
PRGH:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\ VHOHFW WKH VLQJOH PRGH
LQLWLDO VHWWLQJ 2WKHU FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH VHW
LQGHSHQGHQWO\
Curve setting examples
The screens shown below are curves created
by entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high
side (3 points or 5 points) at each condition. When
DFWXDOO\FUHDWLQJDFXUYHLQSXWWKHUDWHVSHFL¿HGDW
the fuselage (or the reference value).
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ3LWFK Curve ([ample
Normal Curve
Idle-up 1 Curve
Idle-up 2 Curve
Pitch servo speed setting
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
156 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
Hold Curve
ųƌƗƆƋŃƗƕƌƐŃŋūƒƙƈƕƌƑƊŃƓƌƗƆƋŏŃƋƌƊƋŃƓƌƗƆƋŏŃƏƒƚŃƓƌƗƆƋŌ
The hovering pitch, low pitch, and high pitch trim setup screen can be called from the Pitch curve setup
screen.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Hovering pitch trim
setting
Low/high pitch trim
setting
Hovering pitch trim
High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim
The Hovering Pitch trim function trims the pitch
near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with
the hovering condition. The hovering pitch can be
¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ
FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW
conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that
rotor speed is constant. This function can be used
together with the hovering Throttle Trim function
for more delicate operation.
High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim is the pitch servo
high side and low side trim function.
Setting method
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ RQO\ WKH KRYHULQJ QRUPDO
FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK WKH JURXS PRGH WR WKH
VLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJEHIRUHVHWWLQJ
ŏ7DS>,1+@21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/'
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &HQWHU
1RUPDOFDQEHVHOHFWHG
&HQWHUPRGH0D[LPXPDPRXQWRIFKDQJH
Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q
UHFRPPHQGHG
1 R U P D O P R G H 1 R U P D O W U L P S D U D O O H O
PRYHPHQW WULP RSHUDWLRQ 7KH DGYDQWDJH
RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKH
FXUYH
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\
EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
Setting method
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREVFRPPRQ
WR DOO WKH FRQGLWLRQV VHW WKHP LQ WKH JURXS
PRGH
ŏ7DS>,1+@21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV
6HOHFWLRQ H[DPSOH /6 KLJK VLGH 56 ORZ
VLGH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH
FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 157
Throttle curve / Throttle Hover trim
ŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃŃƆƘƕƙƈ
This function adjusts the throttle operation curve
for each condition for optimum engine speed to
throttle stick movement.
Up to 17 curve points can be set for the point
curve type. However, when the 5 points and other
ŏ 6HOHFW >7KURWWOH FXUYH@ DW WKH PRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ
point data is used, a simple curve can be easily
created by reducing the number of input points of
the curve to 5 and entering the specified value at
the corresponding points.
Currently selected condition name
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the back of this
manual.
Point curve type is 9
points (initial), but for
simple use, 4 5 points
are sufficient.
Throttle hover trim
operating position
(White line)
Normal curve adjustment
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFFXUYH
FHQWHUHGDURXQGKRYHULQJ8VHLWDORQJ
ZLWKWKHQRUPDOSLWFKFXUYHDQGDGMXVWVR
WKDWXSGRZQFRQWURODWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQH
VSHHGLVHDVLHVW
Idle up curve adjustment
ŏ6HWDQLGOHXSFXUYHWKDWPDLQWDLQVD
FRQVWDQWVSHHGDWDOOWLPHVHYHQGXULQJ
RSHUDWLRQZKLFKUHGXFHVWKHSLWFK
SHUIRUPHGLQÁLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHG
WRORRSUROO'RURWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGWKH
LGOHXSFXUYHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH
Operation precautions
WARNING
When actually starting the engine and
flying, always set the idle up condition
switch to OFF and start the engine in
the idling mode.
Setting method
ŏ *URXSVLQJOH LWHP :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ HQWHU WKH VDPH VHWWLQJV WR
RWKHU IXQFWLRQV PDNH WKH VHWWLQJV LQ WKH
JURXS PRGH ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VDPH VHWWLQJ
158 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
FRQWHQWV DUH HQWHUHG WR WKH DOO FRQGLWLRQV
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW HDFK FRQGLWLRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\ PDNH WKH VHWWLQJV DIWHU
VHOHFWLQJWKHVLQJOHPRGH,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
Curve setting examples
The curves shown below are created by using
the point curve type and inputting the data of the
5 points 0% (low side), 25%, 50% (center), 75%,
100% (high) side at each condition. They are
created by reducing the number of points on the
line to 5. When actually creating a curve, enter
WKHGDWDVSHFL¿HGSHUWKHDLUFUDIWRUWKHUHIHUHQFH
value).
*For a description of the curve creation method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Idle-up 2 Curve
Ɣ7KroWWle Curve ([ample
Normal Curve
Idle-up 1 Curve
Throttle servo speed setting
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
ŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃūƒƙƈƕŃƗƕƌƐ
The Throttle Hover trim setup screen can be called from the Throttle curve setup screen.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
The Throttle Hover function trims the throttle
near the hovering point. Normally, use it with
hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed
accompanying changes in the temperature,
humidity, and other flight conditions can be
trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is
most stable. More delicate trimming is also possible
by using this function along with the Hover Pitch
function.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKHKRYHULQJQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\ VZLWFK WKH JURXS PRGH WR WKH VLQJOH
PRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJDQGPDNHWKHVHWWLQJV
ŏ7DS>,1+@21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5'
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &HQWHU
1RUPDOFDQEHVHOHFWHG
&HQWHU PRGH 0D[LPXP UDWH RI FKDQJH
Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q
UHFRPPHQGHG
1RUPDO PRGH 1RUPDO WULP KRUL]RQWDO
PRYHPHQWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPDFWVRQO\
QHDUWKHFHQWHU
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 159
Acceleration
This function is used to adjust the pitch and
the throttle rise characteristic at acceleration/
deceleration operation. An acceleration function
which temporarily increases the pitch and throttle
operations at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration
operation can be set.
Example of acceleration function use
ŏ:KHQ XVHG DW SLWFK WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ
IXQFWLRQ LV HIIHFWLYH ZKHQ \RX ZDQW WR
TXLFNHQWKHUHVSRQVHRIWKHIXVHODJHDW'
ÁLJKWÁLSHWF
:KHQXVHGKLJKSLWFKWHPSRUDULO\H[FHHGV
PD[LPXPSLWFKEXWLPPHGLDWHO\UHWXUQVWR
PD[LPXPSLWFK
ŏ 6HOHFW >$FFHOHUDWLRQ@ DW WKH PRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ
When using this
function, Tap [INH].
(ON is displayed.)
Condition group/
single mode selection
(Gr. /Sngl)
To next page
1/2 : Pitch
2/2 : Throttle
Operation up to this
range will initiate
acceleration.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Act position
The rate the angle
increases.
Current position
The return time after operation (Damping)
can be set.
(First return)1 ∼ 100(Slow return)
(Acceleration doesn't function as 0.)
Setting method
ŏ $FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW DW ERWK VHWWLQJ
D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q K L J K D Q G V H W W L Q J D W
GHFHOHUDWLRQORZ
7KH RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW LV GLVSOD\HG RQ D
JUDSK
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KH UHWXUQ WLPH DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ 'DPSLQJ
FDQEHVHW
160 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
ŏ 7 K H R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q
DQG GHFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW :KHQ DQ
RSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQLV
SHUIRUPHG
1RWH :KHQ XVLQJ WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ
VLQFH WKH SLWFK VWURNH LV ODUJH PDNH \RXU
VHWWLQJVVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJRI\RXUOLQNDJH
Throttle hold
Example of use
ŏ 6LQFH WKURWWOHKROG KDV PRGHV &XW DQG
,GOH XVLQJ LW LQ WKH ,GOLQJ PRGH GXULQJ
W U D L Q L Q J D Q G L Q W K H & X W P R G H Z K H Q
VWRSSLQJ WKH HQJLQH DW FRQWHVW HWF LV
FRQYHQLHQW
This function sets the throttle cut position for
autorotation. The throttle position can also be set to
an idling position. Setting of these 2 positions can
be selected by switch. This allows use for switching
during training.
1RWH:KHQWKURWWOHKROGLVVHWWR21LQWKHQRUPDO
FRQGLWLRQWKURWWOHKROGDFWVDQGWKHWKURWWOHVHUYR
LVGHDFWLYDWHG$OZD\VVHWWKURWWOHKROGWR21LQWKH
KROGFRQGLWLRQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >7KURWWOH KROG@ DW WKH PRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Current position
Set to the engine
stop position.
Set to the idling
position.
Hold position
Engine cut setting
Engine idle setting
Setting method
Operation precautions
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0DQXDO PRGH0DQXDO 7KH WKURWWOH KROG
IXQFWLRQ LV RSHUDWHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ
RQO\
$XWRPRGH$XWR7KHWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQ
RSHUDWLRQ LV OLQNHG WR WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN
SRVLWLRQ
$XWRSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ:KHQWKHDXWRPRGHLV
VHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQDXWRSRVLWLRQ
FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 0RYH WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR
WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQG WDS WKH
VFUHHQ$XWRSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
7KURWWOH +ROG &XW VHWV WKH WKURWWOH FXW
SRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDWWKHFDUEXUHWRULVIXOO\
FORVHG
7KURWWOH+ROG ,GOH 0DNH WKLV DGMXVWPHQW WR
PDLQWDLQLGOLQJIRUWUDLQLQJ$GMXVWPHQWVFDQ
EH PDGH EDVHG RQ WKH WKURWWOH FXUYH LGOH
SRVLWLRQ
ŏ7KH WKURWWOH VHUYR RSHUDWLQJ VSHHG FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG6SHHG
ŏ 7KURWWOH FXW RU WUDLQLQJ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH
VZLWFKHGE\KROGIXQFWLRQVHOHFWRUVZLWFK
WARNING
When starting the engine, confirm that
the idle up condition and throttle hold
condition are OFF.
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 161
Swash mixing
The swash mix function is used to correct the
swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and
elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each
operation of each condition.
Adjustment by independent curve for aileron,
elevator, and pitch operations is possible. The
operation can be smoothly adjusted by calling up
the “Curve setup” screen by tapping the mixing
item that corresponds to the mixing and direction
which needs correction.
Example of use
ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW
XQGHVLUDEOHWHQGHQFLHVLQWKHUROOGLUHFWLRQ
ŏ )RU D FRQGLWLRQ ZKLFK XVHV $LOHURQ WR
(OHYDWRU VHW WKLV IXQFWLRQ WR 21 :KHQ
UDLVLQJ WKH QRVH DW D ULJKW UROO ZKHQ WKH
5DWH%VLGHLVLQSXWDQGWKHULJKWDLOHURQLV
RSHUDWHGWKHHOHYDWRUPRYHVWRWKHGRZQ
VLGH 7XQH E\ DGMXVWLQJ WKH 5DWH )RU ULJKW
UROODGMXVWWRWKHUDWH$VLGH
ŏ 6HOHFW >6ZDVK PL[LQJ@ DW WKH PRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ
Condition group/single
mode selection (Gr. /
Sngl)
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the description at
the back of this manual.
Setting method
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHU FRQGLWLRQV VHOHFW WKH JURXS PRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ>@ LVVHWWKH VZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ LV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK WDS WR
WKH >@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV
21SRVLWLRQ
162 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
Throttle mixing
This function corrects slowing of engine speed
caused by swash plate operation during aileron
or elevator operation. The method of applying
clockwise or counterclockwise torque when
pirouetting can also be corrected.
An acceleration function which temporarily
increases the throttle side correction rate relative to
rapid stick operation can also be set.
ŏ 6HOHFW >7KURWWOH PL[LQJ@ DW WKH PRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ
When correction is necessary, tap to the mixing
item corresponding to the mixing that needs
correction and tap the screen to call the curve setup
screen, and then correct the slowing.
Setting example
ŏ $LOHURQ WR 7KURWWOH DSSOLHV D ORDG WR WKH
H Q J L Q H D Q G F R U U H F W V V O R Z L Q J R I W K H
HQJLQH VSHHG ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN ZDV
RSHUDWHG(QJLQHUDFLQJ FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
LQGHSHQGHQWO\DWWKHULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIW
DLOHURQE\5DWHV$DQG%
"CTRM" : The correction
rate maximum when
the throttle stick is
centered.
"Linear" : Correction
applied for the entire
throttle range.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
*For a description of the curve setting method,
see the description at the back of this manual.
<Acceleration function setting>
Setting method
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ>@ LVVHWWKH VZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ LV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK WDS WR
WKH >@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV
21SRVLWLRQ
ŏ $FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW IRU ERWK VHWWLQJV
/HIWDQG5LJKW
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ 7KH UHWXUQWLPH 'DPSLQJ DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ
FDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQW$FWSRVLWLRQZKHQWKH
FRUUHFWLRQUDWHLVLQFUHDVHGDQGGHFUHDVHG
FDQ EH VHW LQGHSHQGHQWO\ :KHQ DQ
RSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQ
RSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 163
Pitch → Needle
This mixing is used when the engine is equipped
with needle control or other fuel-air mixture
adjustment. A needle curve can be set.
An acceleration function which temporarily
increases needle operation at throttle stick
acceleration/deceleration operation can be set.
The rise characteristic of the needle servo at
acceleration and deceleration operation can be
adjusted.
ŏ 6HOHFW >3LWFKń1HHGOH@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX DQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
● Mixing curve setting
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the description at
the back of this manual.
Normally, use [Point] type.
Setting method
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ >@ LV VHW WKH PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ LV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK WDS
WR WKH >@ LWHP 7DS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV
21SRVLWLRQ
164 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
< Acceleration function setting>
ŏ $ F F H O H U D W L R Q F D Q E H V H W D W E R W K
DFFHOHUDWLRQKLJKDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQORZ
ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQ UDWHUDWHDQGWKHUHWXUQ
WLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQGDPSLQJFDQEHVHW
ŏ $ Q R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W $ F W S R V L W L R Q D W
DFFHOHUDWLRQDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW
:KHQ DQ RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW ZDV H[FHHGHG
DFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG
Pitch → Rudder (Revolution mixing)
However, when a GY Series or other heading
hold gyro is used, since correction is performed
by the gyro, this mix is not used. If this function
is used when the gyro operation mode is the
AVCS mode, the neutral position will change.
Use this mix when you want to suppress the
reaction torque generated by main rotor pitch and
speed changes during pitch operation. Adjust so
that the nose does not move in the rudder direction.
An acceleration function which temporarily
increases the correction rate at throttle stick
acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. The
mixing rate at acceleration/deceleration can be set.
ŏ6HOHFW>3LWFKń5XGGHU@
DW WKH PRGHO PHQX
D Q G F D O O W K H V H W X S
VFUHHQVKRZQ
● Mixing curve setting
Normally, use [Point] type.
*For a description of the
curve setting method,
see the description at
the back of this manual.
Setting method
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHLVVHW
<Normal condition mixing curve>
<Idle up condition mixing curve>
7KH PL[LQJ FXUYH UDWH VWDUWV IURP D VPDOO
YDOXH
)RU D URWRU ZLWK D FORFNZLVH RSHUDWLRQ
GLUHFWLRQ SRODULW\ ZKHQ SLWFK ZDV
RSHUDWHG DW WKH SOXV VLGH VHW VR WKDW
PL[LQJ LV LQ WKH FORFNZLVH GLUHFWLRQ )LUVW
WULP DW KRYHULQJ DQG WKHQ DGMXVW WKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
$GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ
5HSHDWHGO\ KRYHUIURPWDNHRIIDQGODQG
IURPKRYHULQJDWDFRQVWDQWUDWHPDWFKHG
WR \RXU RZQ UK\WKP DQG DGMXVW WKH SLWFK
VR WKH QRVH GRHV QRW GHIOHFW ZKHQ WKH
WKURWWOHLVUDLVHGDQGORZHUHG
7KURWWOHKLJKVLGHFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURP
KRYHULQJ
5HSHDWFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURPKRYHULQJ
DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQ
UK\WKP DQG DGMXVW WKH SLWFK VR WKDW WKH
QRVH GRHV QRW GHIOHFW ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV
UDLVHGDQGORZHUHG
6HW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU
GLUHFWLRQ DW KLJKVSHHG IOLJKW LV VWUDLJKW
DKHDG$GMXVWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQXVHG
<Acceleration function setting>
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG
IRU ERWK VHWWLQJ DW DFFHOHUDWLRQ +LJK
DQGVHWWLQJDWGHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'DPSLQJ
FDQEHVHW
ŏ $Q RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW $FW SRVLWLRQ DW
DFFHOHUDWLRQDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW
LQGHSHQGHQWO\:KHQDQRSHUDWLRQSRLQW
ZDVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLV
SHUIRUPHG
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 165
Gyro [Helicopter]
This function is used to adjust gyro sensitivity.
The sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/
AVCS mode) can be set for each condition.
The gyro sensitivity can be switched with each
condition or the switch. (3 sensitivities)
*Compatible with 3 axis gyro (CGY750).
ŏ 6HOHFW >*\UR@ DW WKH
PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
Gyro(RUD)
setting
1RWH>*\UR@>*\UR@>*\UR@'HIDXOWIXQFWLRQ
>*\UR@CH6)$667HVW&+CH52WKHUV\VWHPW\SH
>*\UR@CH9
>*\UR@CH10
$OZD\VVHWWR>@ERWKFRQWURODQGWULPIRU
WKH>*\UR@IXQFWLRQDWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXLQ
WKH/LQNDJHPHQX
Gyro2(AIL)
setting
Gyro3(ELE)
setting
Tapping these will
pull up the detailed
selection screen for
each.
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
Rate1 Gyro type and
gain
The operation mode
(AVCS/NOR) and
sensitivity of the 3
axes Gyro/Gyro2/
Gyro3 can be set.
Rate2 Gyro type and
gain
Rate3 Gyro type and
gain
When using Rate2/Rate3, make it
INH → ON or OFF.
Condition group/
single mode selection
(Gr. /Sngl)
Use this when you want
to adjust sensitivity via
VR, etc., and not onscreen data entry. Tap "-", select "VR", etc., and
then tap the value to
adjust. (Won't operate
when value is "0".)
Setting method
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ 7KUHH UDWHV FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IRU HDFK
FRQGLWLRQ5DWH5DWH5DWH
ŏ $ÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW
166 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
The ON/OFF switch
of gyro is chosen.
3 rate (gyro gain)
adjustment
Usage example #1: Using gyro for only the rudder and adjusting sensitivity for each condition
* Gyro gain channel
Gyro : CH5
For the FASSTest12CH, Gyro/RUD is 6ch. The gyro sensitivity adjustment connector connects to 6ch.
ŏ 6HOHFW >*\UR@ DW WKH
PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
This is all that is needed
for use in this case.
Tapping here will let you
select either Normal or
AVCS.
Because the
sensitivity is switched
(Sngl) per condition,
Rate 2 and Rate 3 are
not used.
Set gain of a rudder
Because sensitivity changes for
hovering and idleup, perform
switchover for each condition and
adjust sensitivity.
Usage example #2: Using 3-axis gyro CGY750 and adjusting sensitivity for each condition
* Gyro gain channel
Gyro RUD : CH5 For the FASSTest12CH, Gyro/RUD is 6ch.
Gyro2 AIL : CH9
Gyro3 ELE : CH10 For the CGY750, simply connect the S.BUS; functions do not need to be set.
(For the FASSTest12CH, change Gyron/RUD to 6ch.)
ŏ 6HOHFW >*\UR@ DW WKH
PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
This is all that is needed
for use in this case.
Tapping here will let
you select either Normal
or AVCS for each of the
three axes.
Set gain of a rudder
Set gain of an aileron
Set gain of an elevator
Because the
sensitivity is switched
(Sngl) per condition,
Rate 2 and Rate 3 are
not used.
Because sensitivity changes for
hovering and idleup, perform
switchover for each condition and
adjust sensitivity.
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 167
Governor
*The governor is used by connecting the governor speed
setting channel to CH7 (initial setting).
*When using the Fuel Mixture function, the mixture servo
is controlled from the governor. When transmitting the
mixture curve data from the transmitter to the governor, the
governor AUX (m.trm) connector must be connected to CH8
(initial setting) and governor side setting performed. See the
governor instruction manual.
*When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch,
connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to
CH8 (initial setting) and set the switch to CH8 (Governor2)
at the Function menu of the Linkage menu.
1RWH$OZD\VVHW&RQWURODQG7ULPWR>@IRU
>*RYHUQRU@DQG>*RYHUQRU@RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
RIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
When using a Futaba governor, this function is
used to switch the RPM of the helicopter's head.
Up to 3 rates can be set for each condition.
ŏ 6HOHFW >*RYHUQRU@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX
RPM adjustment
Fine tuning VR settings
Unit display selection:
[%] [rpm]
Setting method
ƔActivate the mixing
:KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
*When the function is set ON/OFF at the governor setup
screen, the governor rpm setting channel end point servo
travel and limit point are now initialized.
*When changed from INH to ACT (ON), the servo travel is
initialized to 100 and the limit point is initialized to 155.
*When operation is changed to INH at all conditions, the
servo travel is initialized to 100 and the limit point is
initialized to 135.
168 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) >
ƔRPM adjustment
7DSWRWKHUDWHLWHP
$GMXVWWKHUSPXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$ G M X V W P H Q W U D Q J H 2 ) ) a 2 ) ) aUSP
*When the value is tapped reset to the initial value.
ƔUnit display selection
7DS WR WKH 81,7 LWHP >@ >USP@ 6HOHFW WKH
XQLW
ƔDiplay mode selection
ƔFine tuning VR settings
7DS WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR
DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HOHFW WKH
FRQWURO
*When [rpm] mode is selected above setting, the display
mode can be selected.
* There is no change in the transmitter output even when the
"Mode" is changed. Calibration should be performed via the
governor.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
* In order to use the Governor function of the T16SZ, it is
necessary to change the settings on the governor for the low
side 700 rpm mode.
:KHQ WKH 0RGH RI WKH *RYHUQRU VFUHHQ
V
PRGHOPHQXLVFKDQJHGWKHFKDQJHLVDOVR
LQGLFDWHGRQVFUHHQ
7DSWRWKHUDWHLWHP
$GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ
ʆʆEXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the screen is tapped for one second, the sensitivity is
reset to the initial value.
7DSWKHVFUHHQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
main rotor R.P.M.
The chart below indicates the
mode percentage and the
corresponding RPM.
3900rpm
3500rpm
2700rpm
2500rpm
2100rpm
2000rpm
1500rpm
1000rpm
700rpm
0%
50% : neutral 100% 110%
main rotor R.P.M. setting channel travel
< Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 169
Common operations used in function setup screen
This section describes the functions often used at the function setup screen. Refer to it when setting
each function.
ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƙƄƏƘƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ
Tapping the value setting buttons on each screen will cause value input
buttons to appear at the top of the panel.
Value input buttons display
at the top of the panel
Pressing and holding
a value will return it
to its default setting.
Large change
in value
Small change
in value
Large change
in value
ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƕƈƏƄƗƈƇŃƗƒŃƳƌƊƋƗŃƆƒƑƇƌƗƌƒƑƖ
Group/single mode switching (Gr/Singl)
Condition delay setting
When setting multiple flight conditions,
linking the setting contents with all conditions
(group mode) or setting independently (single
mode) can be selected. The mode can be
changed at the [Gr] item on each setup screen.
Unnecessary fuselage motion generated
when there are sudden changes in the servo
position and variations in the operating time
between channels can be suppressed by using
the condition delay function of the condition
select function [Condition select].
When the delay function is set at the
switching destination condition, a delay
corresponding to that amount is applied and the
related functions change smoothly.
[Group/single mode switching]
>6HWWLQJPHWKRG@
Tap
Tap
Tap
ŏ*URXSPRGH*U
The same setting contents are set to all
WKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
ŏ6LQJOHPRGH6LQJO
6HW WKLV PRGH ZKHQ WKH VHWWLQJ FRQWHQWV
DUHQRWOLQNHGZLWKRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV
170 < Data >
6ZLWFK WR WKH FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW
DQGWDSWKHGHOD\>YDOXH@
6HWWKHGHOD\XVLQJWKH" ▼▼ " " ▼ " " ▲ "
ʆʆEXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
(When the value is tapped, the delay is reset to the initial
value.)
ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƕƈƏƄƗƈƇŃƗƒŃƲƑƈŃƗƘƑƌƑƊŃŹŵ
Operation mode selection
*The operation modes which can be
selected depend on the function.
VR selection
Rate adjustment
>6HWWLQJPHWKRG@
&RQWUROVHOHFWLRQ
7DS WKH >&RQWURO@ EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH
<Hardware select> screen, and then select
WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
0RGHVHOHFWLRQ
7DSWKH>0RGH@EXWWRQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH
PRGH>/,1@>$7/@>$7/@RU>6<0@
5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
7DSWKH>5DWH@YDOXHEXWWRQ
6HWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKH " ▼ ▼ " " ▼ " " ▲ "
ʆʆEXWWRQV
(Fine tuning VR operation position)
[Fine tuning VR operation mode]
>/,1@ 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5 When the VR is turned clockwise and
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
>$7/@0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
>$7/@ 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
LQFUHDVHV
>6<0@:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
UDWHLQFUHDVHV
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the value is tapped, the rate is reset to the initial
value.)
LIN.
ATL+ ATL-
SYM.
After setting, press a HOME/EXIT button
< Data > 171
ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƕƈƏƄƗƈƇŃƗƒŃƖƈƕƙƒŃƖƓƈƈƇ
Linear
(First)
0 ∼ 27
(Slowly)
In case of Linear
Servo speed setting
The servo speed at each function
operation (including flight condition
switching) can be adjusted. The servos
operate smoothly at a fixed speed
corresponding to the set speed. The
operating speed (In side) and return speed
(Out side) can be set individually.
In
Speed
In speed
Out
Speed
Out speed
Symmetry
Switch the operation mode according
to the set function.
6\PPHWU\PRGH8VHGZLWKDLOHURQV
DQGRWKHUVHOIQHXWUDOIXQFWLRQV
/LQHDU PRGH 8VHG ZLWK IXQFWLRQV
ZKLFKKROGWKHRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQRI
WKHWKURWWOHDQGVZLWFKFKDQQHOHWF
>6HWWLQJPHWKRG@
6 H O H F W W K H P R G H > / L Q H D U @ R U
>6\PPHWU\@(DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLV
WDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ>/LQHDU@
DQG>6\PPHWU\@
7DSWKH,QRU2XW6SHHGEXWWRQDQG
VHWWKHVHUYRVSHHG
In
Speed
In
Speed
Out
Speed
Out
Speed
In case of Symmetry
In speed
,QLWLDOYDOXH
6HWWLQJUDQJHa
172 < Data >
Out speed
ŦƘƕƙƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊŃƒƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑ
This section describes the setting procedure of curves which are used with the AFR function and each
mixing function.
Curve type selection
Four types of curves (EXP1, EXP2, Point and
Spline) can be selected.
Curve type selection
7DS WKH EXWWRQ RI WKH FXUYH W\SH \RX
ZDQWWRXVH
7KHFXUYHW\SHFKDQJHVDQGWKHGLVSOD\
UHWXUQVWRWKHRULJLQDOVFUHHQ
>(;3@(;3FXUYH
>(;3@(;3FXUYH
>3RLQW@SRLQWFXUYH
>6SOLQH@VSOLQHFXUYH
< Data > 173
Setting by curve type
When the curve type is selected as described above, adjustment items corresponding to the curve type
appear on the screen. Adjust each curve as described below.
EXP1/EXP2 curve adjustment
(;3FXUYH
YHUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQ@
7DSWRWKH>2IIVHW@VHWWLQJLWHP
0RYH WKH FXUYH LQ WKH YHUWLFDO GLUHFWLRQ
XVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆEXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXH
(When the value is tapped, the rate is reset to the initial
value.)
U s i n g t h e E X P 1 c u r v e i s e ff e c t i v e i n
smoothing starting of the ailerons, elevator,
rudder, etc.
(;3FXUYH
*>6HSDU@PRGH Normal setting
*>&RPE@ PRGH&UHDWHVDOHIWDQGULJKW
V\PPHWULFDOFXUYH
Using the EXP2 curve is effective in engine
rise and other engine control.
The curve left and right rates ([Rate A], [Rate
B]) and EXP curve rate ([EXP A], [EXP B]) can
be adjusted individually. ([EXP] for EXP2)
The curve can also be offset horizontally
([Offset]) in the vertical direction.
[Rate setting]
7DSWRWKH>5DWH$@>5DWH%@>(;3$@RU>(;3
%@VHWWLQJLWHP
6HWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ
EXWWRQV
,QLWLDOYDOXHUDWH(;3UDWH
*Initial value differs depending on function.
$GMXVWPHQW UDQJH a UDWH
a(;3UDWH
(When the value is tapped, the rate is reset to the initial
value.)
>2IIVHWWLQJ WKH FXUYH KRUL]RQWDOO\ LQ WKH
174 < Data >
Point curves or spline curves of up to 11/17 points
can be used. (Initial value: 7/9 points) The set
points can be freely increased, decreased, and
offset.
Point addition method
2SHQWKHVFUHHQRIDPL[LQJFXUYHZLWKWKH
FXUYHIXQFWLRQ
3UHVV5DWHDQGXVHWKHXSGRZQDUURZVWR
DGMXVWWKHUDWHSRLQWVXSRUGRZQ
The kind of mixing curve
Point deletion method
8VHWKHPRYHEHWZHHQSRLQWVEXWWRQ>ł@
RU>ń@
DQGVHOHFWWKHSRLQW7KHUHGSRLQWʄLVWKH
VHOHFWHGSRLQW
The red point(■)
moves (to green point)
7DSWKH3RVLWLRQEXWWRQ
Move between
point
A red mark( □ )
moves freely
7DS WKH >5HPRYH@ EXWWRQ 7KH VHOHFWHG
SRLQWEHFRPHVDQRXWOLQHGSRLQWŌ
8VHWKHPRYHEHWZHHQSRLQWVEXWWRQ>ł@
RU>ń@ *The point is deleted.
7DS WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ ʆʆ EXWWRQ DQG
VHOHFW WKH SRVLWLRQ PDUN Ō \RX ZDQW WR
DGG
:KHQ WKH $GG LV WDSSHG WKH SRLQW LV
DGGHG(Ō)ń(ʄ)
*A new point is created.
< Data > 175
Curve setting operation Spline curve
A smoother curve is made.
Setting method is same at spline and point.
Point
Spline
Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be used.
(differs with function)
,QLWLDO SRLQW QXPEHU SRLQWV SRLQWV
FXUYHSRLQWVSRLQWVFXUYH
*The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and
offset.
>5DWHDGMXVWPHQWRIHDFKSRLQW@
Spline curve
7DSWRWKHLWHP
and select the point whose
UDWH\RXZDQWWRVHW
*The mark on the curve shows
the currently selected point.
7 D S W R W K H > 5 D W H @
LWHP$QGVHWWKHUDWH
XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ
ʆʆʆEXWWRQV
The kind of mixing curve
Point curve (Point) adjustment
3RLQW
Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be
used. (differs with function)
,QLWLDO SRLQW QXPEHU SRLQWV SRLQWV FXUYH SRLQWV SRLQWV
FXUYH
176 < Data >
Repeat steps 1 through 2 and adjust the
FXUYH
*>6HSDU@PRGH Normal setting
*>&RPE@ PRGH&UHDWHVDOHIWDQGULJKW
V\PPHWULFDOFXUYH
Point curve (Point) adjustment
3RLQW
Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be used.
(differs with function)
*>6HSDU@PRGH Normal setting
*>&RPE@ PRGH&UHDWHVDOHIWDQGULJKW
V\PPHWULFDOFXUYH
,QLWLDO SRLQW QXPEHU SRLQWV SRLQWV
FXUYHSRLQWVSRLQWVFXUYH
*The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and
offset.
>5DWHDGMXVWPHQWRIHDFKSRLQW@
7DSWRWKHLWHP
and select the point whose
UDWH\RXZDQWWRVHW
*The mark on the curve shows
the currently selected point.
7 D S W R W K H > 5 D W H @
LWHP$QGVHWWKHUDWH
XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ
ʆʆʆEXWWRQV
Repeat steps 1 through 2 and adjust the
FXUYH
< Data > 177
ŶƚƌƗƆƋŃƖƈƏƈƆƗƌƒƑŃƐƈƗƋƒƇ
The various functions used in the T16SZ can be selected by switch. The switch (including when stick,
trim lever, or VR are used as a switch) setting method is common to all functions.
Switch selection
When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called.
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQH[DPSOH
Tap the chosen
switch.
When switch is selected
When stick, trim lever, or VR is selected.
Switch ON/OFF setting is possible at each
position.
When a stick, trim lever, or VR is used as a
switch, the following 4 modes can be selected.
:KHQ WKH 212)) 6HW SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK LV
WDSSHG DIWHU WKH VZLWFK ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZDSSHDUV
Next page
Normal or Alternate: Alternate switching
mode is available depending on mixing
function.
:KHQWKHEXWWRQRIHDFKSRVLWLRQLVWDSSHG
LWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ21DQG2))
7DSWKHEXWWRQDQGVHWWRWKH21SRVLWLRQ
&ORVH WKH VFUHHQ E\ WDSSLQJ >+DUGZDUH
VHOHFW@
178 < Data >
Hysteresis-type and box-type can be selected in a hardware select screen.
When a stick, trim lever, or VR is used as a switch, the following 4 modes can be selected.
◆ Linear・Hysteresis mode
◆ Symmetry・Hysteresis mode
This setting method selects function ON/OFF based
on the set point. Hysteresis (dead band) can be set
to ON and OFF. The ON and OFF positions can be
reversed with the Reverse button.
The operation is the same as the linear hysteresis
mode, but left and right (up and down) operations are
symmetrical about the neutral position. For example,
when you want to switch DR1 with the aileron stick,
when the stick is moved to the left or right, DR1 can
be turned ON at the same left and right position.
◆ Linear・Box mode
◆ Symmetry・Box mode
This mode turns on the switch within a range of 2 points.
Each point can be set. The ON and OFF positions can be
reversed with the Reverse switch.
The operation is the same as the linear box mode,
but left and right (up and down) operation is
symmetrical about the neutral position.
< Data > 179
When shifting the ON/OFF point
The ON/OFF and hysteresis (dead band) boundary point (there
are 2 points: top and bottom) position can be shifted. ON/OFF is
possible at a free position.
◆ Area Green:ON
◆ Area Red:OFF
◆ Area Yellow:Hysteresis (Dead band)
[ Setting method ]
0RYH WKH VWLFN HWF WR
WKHSRLQW\RXZDQWWRVKLIW
and touch the [ON/OFF]
E X W W R Q 7 K H E R X Q G D U \
SRLQWVFKDQJH
Reverse of ON/
OFF direction
Current stick position
[ Setting method] → Box Type
● Symmetry
0RYHWKHVWLFNWRWKHSRLQW
\RXZDQWWRVKLIWXSSHUVLGH
7RXFKWKH>8SSHU@EXWWRQ
7KHERXQGDU\SRLQWV
FKDQJH
0RYHWKHVWLFNWRWKHSRLQW
\RXZDQWWRVKLIWORZHUVLGH
7RXFKWKH>/RZHU@EXWWRQ
7KHERXQGDU\SRLQWV
FKDQJH
:KHQ8SSHU
/RZHULVVHWDWWKH
same time, Lower
8SSHULVDOVRVHW
Hysteresis :Hysteresis (dead band) can be set to ON and OFF
[Setting method] → Linear Type
● Symmetry
0RYH WKH VWLFN WR WKH RII
SRLQW \RX ZDQW WR VKLIW DQG
WRXFK WKH >2))@ EXWWRQ 7KH
RIISRLQWVFKDQJH
0RYH WKH VWLFN WR WKH RQ
SRLQW \RX ZDQW WR VKLIW DQG
WRXFK WKH >21@ EXWWRQ 7KH
RQSRLQWVFKDQJH
:KHQ8SSHU/RZHULV
set, at the same time,
/RZHU8SSHULVDOVRVHW
180 < Data >
Logic switch (Condition select and DG1, DG2)
The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches. For instance,
the condition is activated when 2 switches are turned on.
Logic mode
$1' :KHQ ERWK VZLWFKHV DUH 21 WKH
FRQGLWLRQLV21
25:KHQHLWKHUVZLWFKLV21WKHFRQGLWLRQ
LV21
(;25 :KHQ WKH WZR VZLWFKHV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWVWDWHVWKHFRQGLWLRQLV21
Switch mode selection
7DSWRWKH>0RGH@6LQJOHLWHP
/RJLFVZLWFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQ
Switch selection
6HOHFWWKHVZLWFK$DQG%
Logic mode selection
7DSWRWKH>/RJLF@LWHP
6HOHFWWKHORJLFPRGH
< Data > 181
ŸƓƇƄƗƌƑƊ
Your Futaba T16SZ transmitter programming can be updated easily online. When functions are added
RULPSURYHGWKHXSGDWH¿OHFDQEHGRZQORDGHGIURPRXUZHEVLWH&RS\WKHXSGDWH¿OHVWRWKH6'FDUG
and then use the following procedure to update the program.
Check our web site for the FAQ regarding updating for more information.
Updating procedure
1RWH ,I WKH EDWWHU\ IXOO\ GLVFKDUJHV GXULQJ
SURJUDP XSGDWLQJ XSGDWLQJ ZLOO IDLO :KHQ
WKH UHPDLQLQJ EDWWHU\ FDSDFLW\ LV RU
OHVV DOZD\V UHFKDUJH WKH EDWWHU\ EHIRUH
XSGDWLQJ
1RWH The model data in the transmitter can
EH XVHG XQFKDQJHG DIWHU XSGDWLQJ EXW WR
EH VDIH EDFN XS WKH PRGHO GDWD EHIRUH
XSGDWLQJ
,QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG ZLWK )87$%$ IROGHU WKDW
FRQWDLQHG WKH XSGDWH VRIWZDUH LQWR WKH 6'
FDUGVORWRQ\RXU76=UDGLRWUDQVPLWWHU
'RZQORDG WKH ]LS ILOH RI WKH XSGDWH GDWD
IURPRXUZHEVLWH
Futaba WEB
18SZ Update Zip file
Download
Installed SD card of the
update file
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUZKLOHSUHVVLQJ
GRZQ WKH +20((;,7 EXWWRQ 7KH XSGDWH
VFUHHQ DSSHDUV RQ WKH /&' GLVSOD\ RI \RXU
76=DQGWKHVRIWZDUHXSGDWHLVVWDUWHG
([WUDFWWKH]LSÀOHRQ\RXUFRPSXWHU
7KH)87$%$IROGHUZLOOEHFUHDWHGRQ\RXU
FRPSXWHU
&RS\WKH)87$%$IROGHULQWR\RXU6'FDUG
2
1
Press the HOME/EXIT switch and turn on
Copy the "FUTABA"
folder into your SD card.
Updating
1RWH,IWKH6'FDUGKDVDOUHDG\KDGDQRWKHU
)87$%$IROGHUEHIRUH\RXPDNHDFRS\WKH
)87$%$IROGHULV29(5:5,77(1
182 < Data >
:KHQ WKH VRIWZDUH XSGDWH LV FRPSOHWHG
&RPSOHWHG PHVVDJH LV VKRZQ RQ WKH /&'
GLVSOD\RI\RXU76=6KRZEHORZSLFWXUH
Complete
7XUQRIIWKHSRZHUVZLWFKRI\RXU76=DQG
UHPRYHWKH6'FDUGIURPWKHFDUGVORW
Possible Problems
'RQ
W DEVROXWHO\ UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\
DQG WKH 6' FDUG IURP WKH WUDQVPLWWHU
GXULQJWKHXSGDWH
7KHUH LV D SRVVLELOLW\ WKDW WKH WUDQVPLWWHU
ZLOOEHGDPDJHG
5HFRYHULQJDIDLOHGXSGDWH
,I\RXIDLOHGWRXSGDWHIRUDQ\UHDVRQLW
PD\WUDQVPLWWHUZLOOQRWVWDUW
In that case, please update again
WUDQVPLWWHULQWKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH
'HWDFKWKHEDWWHU\IURPWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
,QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG WKDW FRQWDLQHG WKH
XSGDWHÀOHVWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
$WWDFK WKH EDWWHU\ WR WKH WUDQVPLWWHU
ZKLOH SUHVVLQJ GRZQ WKH +20((;,7
EXWWRQ
7KHXSGDWHZLOOVWDUW
( Y H Q D I W H U W K H D E R Y H V W H S V L I W K H
WUDQVPLWWHU IDLOV WR XSGDWH RU GRHV QRW
VWDUWSOHDVHKDYHLWVHUYLFHG
:KHQ RQH RI WKH HUURU PHVVDJHV VKRZQ
EHORZ DSSHDUV RQ WKH /&' VFUHHQ \RXU
76= WKH VRIWZDUH XSGDWH ZLOO QRW EH
FRPSOHWHG
/RZEDWWHU\
6RIWZDUH XSGDWH LV SRVWSRQHG EHFDXVH
RIORZEDWWHU\5HWU\WKHVRIWZDUHXSGDWH
DIWHUWKHEDWWHU\LVUHFKDUJHG
8SGDWHÀOHQRWIRXQG
7KH76=FDQQRWÀQGWKHXSGDWHÀOHRQWKH
6' FDUG &KHFN WR EH VXUH DOO WKH XSGDWH
ÀOHVKDYHEHHQFRSLHGRQWRWKH6'FDUG
%URNHQÀOH
7KH76=GHWHFWVWKHXSGDWHÀOHHUURU7KH
XSGDWH ILOH PD\ EH EURNHQ RU IRU DQRWKHU
WUDQVPLWWHU
:ULWHHUURU
7KHVRIWZDUHXSGDWHSURFHGXUHLVVWRSSHG
IRUDQXQNQRZQUHDVRQ&RQWDFW\RXUORFDO
VHUYLFH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKLV HUURU PHVVDJH
DSSHDUVRQWKH/&'VFUHHQRI\RXU76=
< Data > 183
T14SG/FX-22 ĺT16SZ MODEL DATA CONVERSION
The model data (only latest version) of T14SG/FX-22 can be copied to T16SZ.
* SD card is required.
* The model data of T16SZ cannot be copied to T14SG/FX-22.
>0RGHOGDWDFRQYHUVLRQPHWKRG@
$WWDFKDQ6'FDUGWKDWFRQWDLQVPRGHOGDWD
RI76*RU);WRWKH6'VORWRID76=
7XUQ RQ WKH SRZHU VZLWFK DQG WKH 'DWD
&RQYHUWHUVKRXOGUXQ
7KH FRQYHUWHU FDQ DFFHSW PRGHO GDWD
PDGH E\ 76* RU ); ZLWK WKH ODWHVW
VRIWZDUH RQO\ ,I \RX WU\ WR FRQYHUW PRGHO
GDWD PDGH E\ ROG YHUVLRQ VRIWZDUH WKH
FRQYHUWHU PXVW IDLO WR FRQYHUW DQG VKRZ
WKHIROORZLQJHUURUPHVVDJH,IWKLVPHVVDJH
LV VKRZQ GR WKH IROORZLQJ SURFHGXUH WR
XSGDWH WKH PRGHO GDWD LQ RUGHU WR DYRLG
WKLVOLPLWDWLRQ
(a) First, update a T14SG or FX-22 to the latest software.
(b) Load the model data which failed to convert into the
T14SG or FX-22 with the latest software, and the model
data should be updated to the latest format.
(c) Save the updated model data to a SD card.
(d) Retry to convert the updated model data on a T16SZ.
7KHFRQYHUWHUVKRZVDOLVWRIPRGHOGDWDLQ
WKHFDUG6HOHFWDPRGHOGDWDWKDW\RXZDQW
WRFRQYHUWDQGSXVK&219(57 → <HVNH\
DQGWKHFRQYHUWHUVKRXOGEHJLQFRQYHUWLQJ
GDWD
,I WKH FRQYHUW VXFFHHGV WKH FRQYHUWHU ZLOO
VKRZWKHIROORZLQJPHVVDJH7KHFRQYHUWHG
GDWD DUH FRSLHG WR WKH LQWHUQDO PHPRU\
RI WKH 76= +HQFH LI WKH 76= GRHV QRW
KDYHDYDLODEOHVSDFHLQLWVLQWHUQDOPHPRU\
FRQYHUWVPXVWIDLO
* When SD card cannot be recognized, it may be able to
be used if it reformats by SD formatter offered from SD
Association.
SD formatter is downloadable from SD Association
https://www.sdcard.org/ (As of June, 2017)
CAUTION
$IWHU¿QLVKLQJGDWDFRS\EHVXUHWRSHUIRUPD
complete check of operation with the model to
be used.
Check well all the directions of operation and
all the operation switches.
FUTABA CORPORATION
Makuhari Techno-Garden Bldg. B-6F, 1-3 Nakase, Mihama-ku, Chiba, 261-8555, Japan
Phone: +81-43-296-8259, Facsimile: +81-43-296-8253
©FUTABA CORPORATION
184 < Data >
2017, 7 (1)
Download PDF

advertising